const m1c1t3 = [{
        "question": "\nDuring a routine inspection, a technician discovered that software that was installed on a computer was secretly collecting data about websites that were visited by users of the computer. Which type of threat is affecting this computer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DoS attack​",
            "2.  identity theft",
            "3.  spyware",
            "4.  zero-day attack"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 0,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term refers to a network that provides secure access to the corporate offices by suppliers, customers and collaborators? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Internet",
            "2.  intranet",
            "3.  extranet",
            "4.  extendednet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 1,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA large corporation has modified its network to allow users to access network resources from their personal laptops and smart phones. Which networking trend does this describe? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cloud computing",
            "2.  online collaboration",
            "3.  bring your own device",
            "4.  video conferencing"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 2,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an ISP? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is a standards body that develops cabling and wiring standards for networking.",
            "2.  It is a protocol that establishes how computers within a local network communicate.",
            "3.  It is an organization that enables individuals and businesses to connect to the Internet.",
            "4.  It is a networking device that combines the functionality of several different networking devices in one."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 3,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn employee at a branch office is creating a quote for a customer. In order to do this, the employee needs to access confidential pricing information from internal servers at the Head Office. What type of network would the employee access? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  an intranet",
            "2.  the Internet",
            "3.  an extranet",
            "4.  a local area network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 4,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes the use of powerline networking technology? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  New “smart” electrical cabling is used to extend an existing home LAN.",
            "2.  A home LAN is installed without the use of physical cabling.",
            "3.  A device connects to an existing home LAN using an adapter and an existing electrical outlet.",
            "4.  Wireless access points use powerline adapters to distribute data through the home LAN."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 5,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA networking technician is working on the wireless network at a medical clinic. The technician accidentally sets up the wireless network so that patients can see the medical records data of other patients. Which of the four network characteristics has been violated in this situation? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  fault tolerance",
            "2.  scalability",
            "3.  security",
            "4.  Quality of Service (QoS)",
            "5.  reliability"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 6,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat two criteria are used to help select a network medium from various network media? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the types of data that need to be prioritized",
            "2.  the cost of the end devices utilized in the network",
            "3.  the distance the selected medium can successfully carry a signal",
            "4.  the number of intermediate devices installed in the network",
            "5.  the environment where the selected medium is to be installed"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 7,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of network traffic requires QoS? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  email",
            "2.  on-line purchasing",
            "3.  video conferencing",
            "4.  wiki"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 8,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user is implementing security on a small office network. Which two actions would provide the minimum security requirements for this network? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  implementing a firewall",
            "2.  installing a wireless network",
            "3.  installing antivirus software",
            "4.  implementing an intrusion detection system",
            "5.  adding a dedicated intrusion prevention device"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 9,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nPasswords can be used to restrict access to all or parts of the Cisco IOS. Select the modes and interfaces that can be protected with passwords. (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  VTY interface",
            "2.  console interface",
            "3.  Ethernet interface",
            "4.  boot IOS mode",
            "5.  privileged EXEC mode",
            "6.  router configuration mode"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 10,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich interface allows remote management of a Layer 2 switch? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the AUX interface",
            "2.  the console port interface",
            "3.  the switch virtual interface",
            "4.  the first Ethernet port interface"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 11,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat function does pressing the Tab key have when entering a command in IOS? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It aborts the current command and returns to configuration mode.",
            "2.  It exits configuration mode and returns to user EXEC mode.",
            "3.  It moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line.",
            "4.  It completes the remainder of a partially typed word in a command."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 12,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhile trying to solve a network issue, a technician made multiple changes to the current router configuration file. The changes did not solve the problem and were not saved. What action can the technician take to discard the changes and work with the file in NVRAM? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Issue the reload command without saving the running configuration.",
            "2.  Delete the vlan.dat file and reboot the device.",
            "3.  Close and reopen the terminal emulation software.",
            "4.  Issue the copy startup-config running-config command."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 13,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator uses the Ctrl-Shift-6 key combination on a switch after issuing the ping command. What is the purpose of using these keystrokes? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to restart the ping process",
            "2.  to interrupt the ping process",
            "3.  to exit to a different configuration mode",
            "4.  to allow the user to complete the command"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 14,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring access control to switch SW1. If the administrator uses a console connection to connect to the switch, which password is needed to access user EXEC mode?\n<br>\n<img src=\"./Images/15.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA-1-v7-Modules-1-3-Basic Network Connectivity and Communications Exam Answers 14\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 1 – 3: Basic Network Connectivity and Communications - Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  letmein",
            "2.  secretin",
            "3.  lineconin",
            "4.  linevtyin"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 15,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician configures a switch with these commands:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">SwitchA(config)# interface vlan 1\nSwitchA(config-if)# ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0\nSwitchA(config-if)# no shutdown<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat is the technician configuring? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Telnet access",
            "2.  SVI",
            "3.  password encryption",
            "4.  physical switchport access"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 16,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command or key combination allows a user to return to the previous level in the command hierarchy? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  end",
            "2.  exit",
            "3.  Ctrl-Z",
            "4.  Ctrl-C"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 17,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two characteristics of RAM on a Cisco device? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  RAM provides nonvolatile storage.",
            "2.  The configuration that is actively running on the device is stored in RAM.",
            "3.  The contents of RAM are lost during a power cycle.",
            "4.  RAM is a component in Cisco switches but not in Cisco routers.",
            "5.  RAM is able to store multiple versions of IOS and configuration files."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 18,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two host names follow the guidelines for naming conventions on Cisco IOS devices? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Branch2!",
            "2.  RM-3-Switch-2A4",
            "3.  Floor(15)",
            "4.  HO Floor 17",
            "5.  SwBranch799"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 19,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow is SSH different from Telnet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SSH makes connections over the network, whereas Telnet is for out-of-band access.",
            "2.  SSH provides security to remote sessions by encrypting messages and using user authentication. Telnet is considered insecure and sends messages in plaintext.",
            "3.  SSH requires the use of the PuTTY terminal emulation program. Tera Term must be used to connect to devices through the use of Telnet.",
            "4.  SSH must be configured over an active network connection, whereas Telnet is used to connect to a device from a console connection."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 20,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are three characteristics of an SVI? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is designed as a security protocol to protect switch ports.",
            "2.  It is not associated with any physical interface on a switch.",
            "3.  It is a special interface that allows connectivity by different types of media.",
            "4.  It is required to allow connectivity by any device at any location.",
            "5.  It provides a means to remotely manage a switch.",
            "6.  It is associated with VLAN1 by default."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 21,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat command is used to verify the condition of the switch interfaces, including the status of the interfaces and a configured IP address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ipconfig",
            "2.  ping",
            "3.  traceroute",
            "4.  show ip interface brief"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 22,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn the show running-config command, which part of the syntax is represented by running-config? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the command",
            "2.  a keyword",
            "3.  a variable",
            "4.  a prompt"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 23,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAfter making configuration changes on a Cisco switch, a network administrator issues a copy running-config startup-config command. What is the result of issuing this command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The new configuration will be stored in flash memory.",
            "2.  The new configuration will be loaded if the switch is restarted.",
            "3.  The current IOS file will be replaced with the newly configured file.",
            "4.  The configuration changes will be removed and the original configuration will be restored."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 24,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat command will prevent all unencrypted passwords from displaying in plain text in a configuration file? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  (config)# enable password secret",
            "2.  (config)# enable secret Secret_Password",
            "3.  (config-line)# password secret",
            "4.  (config)# service password-encryption",
            "5.  (config)# enable secret Encrypted_Password"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 25,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator enters the service password-encryption command into the configuration mode of a router. What does this command accomplish? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  This command encrypts passwords as they are transmitted across serial WAN links.",
            "2.  This command prevents someone from viewing the running configuration passwords.",
            "3.  This command enables a strong encryption algorithm for the enable secret password command.",
            "4.  This command automatically encrypts passwords in configuration files that are currently stored in NVRAM.",
            "5.  This command provides an exclusive encrypted password for external service personnel who are required to do router maintenance."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 26,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat method can be used by two computers to ensure that packets are not dropped because too much data is being sent too quickly? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  encapsulation",
            "2.  flow control",
            "3.  access method",
            "4.  response timeout"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 27,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement accurately describes a TCP/IP encapsulation process when a PC is sending data to the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Data is sent from the internet layer to the network access layer.",
            "2.  Packets are sent from the network access layer to the transport layer.",
            "3.  Segments are sent from the transport layer to the internet layer.",
            "4.  Frames are sent from the network access layer to the internet layer."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 28,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat three application layer protocols are part of the TCP/IP protocol suite? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ARP",
            "2.  DHCP",
            "3.  DNS",
            "4.  FTP",
            "5.  NAT",
            "6.  PPP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 29,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich name is assigned to the transport layer PDU? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  bits",
            "2.  data",
            "3.  frame",
            "4.  packet",
            "5.  segment"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 30,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen IPv4 addressing is manually configured on a web server, which property of the IPv4 configuration identifies the network and host portion for an IPv4 address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DNS server address",
            "2.  subnet mask",
            "3.  default gateway",
            "4.  DHCP server address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 31,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat process involves placing one PDU inside of another PDU?  ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  encapsulation",
            "2.  encoding",
            "3.  segmentation",
            "4.  flow control"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 32,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat layer is responsible for routing messages through an internetwork in the TCP/IP model? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  internet",
            "2.  transport",
            "3.  network access",
            "4.  session"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 33,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich PDU format is used when bits are received from the network medium by the NIC of a host? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  file",
            "2.  frame",
            "3.  packet",
            "4.  segment"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 34,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. ServerB is attempting to contact HostA. Which two statements correctly identify the addressing that ServerB will generate in the process? (Choose two.)\n<img src=\"./Images/35.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 1 – 3: Basic Network Connectivity and Communications - Test Online 2\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 1 – 3: Basic Network Connectivity and Communications - Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ServerB will generate a packet with the destination IP address of RouterB.",
            "2.  ServerB will generate a frame with the destination MAC address of SwitchB.",
            "3.  ServerB will generate a packet with the destination IP address of RouterA.",
            "4.  ServerB will generate a frame with the destination MAC address of RouterB.",
            "5.  ServerB will generate a packet with the destination IP address of HostA.",
            "6.  ServerB will generate a frame with the destination MAC address of RouterA."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 35,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich method allows a computer to react accordingly when it requests data from a server and the server takes too long to respond? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  encapsulation",
            "2.  flow control",
            "3.  access method",
            "4.  response timeout"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 36,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA web client is receiving a response for a web page from a web server. From the perspective of the client, what is the correct order of the protocol stack that is used to decode the received transmission? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Ethernet, IP, TCP, HTTP",
            "2.  HTTP, TCP, IP, Ethernet",
            "3.  Ethernet, TCP, IP, HTTP",
            "4.  HTTP, Ethernet, IP, TCP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 37,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two OSI model layers have the same functionality as a single layer of the TCP/IP model? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data link",
            "2.  network",
            "3.  physical",
            "4.  session",
            "5.  transport"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 38,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which layer of the OSI model would a logical address be added during encapsulation? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  physical layer",
            "2.  data link layer",
            "3.  network layer",
            "4.  transport layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 39,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of multicast messages? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They are sent to a select group of hosts.",
            "2.  They are sent to all hosts on a network.",
            "3.  They must be acknowledged.",
            "4.  They are sent to a single destination."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 40,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement is correct about network protocols? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Network protocols define the type of hardware that is used and how it is mounted in racks.",
            "2.  They define how messages are exchanged between the source and the destination.",
            "3.  They all function in the network access layer of TCP/IP.",
            "4.  They are only required for exchange of messages between devices on remote networks."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 41,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an advantage of network devices using open standard protocols? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Network communications is confined to data transfers between devices from the same vendor.",
            "2.  A client host and a server running different operating systems can successfully exchange data.",
            "3.  Internet access can be controlled by a single ISP in each market.",
            "4.  Competition and innovation are limited to specific types of products."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 42,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich device performs the function of determining the path that messages should take through internetworks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a router",
            "2.  a firewall",
            "3.  a web server",
            "4.  a DSL modem"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 43,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nWhy would a Layer 2 switch need an IP address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to enable the switch to send broadcast frames to attached PCs",
            "2.  to enable the switch to function as a default gateway",
            "3.  to enable the switch to be managed remotely",
            "4.  to enable the switch to receive frames from attached PCs"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 45,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator is trying to configure the switch but receives the error message that is displayed in the exhibit. What is the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/46.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA-1-v7-Modules-1-3-Basic Network Connectivity and Communications Exam Answers 50\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 1 – 3: Basic Network Connectivity and Communications - Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The entire command, configure terminal, must be used.",
            "2.  The administrator is already in global configuration mode.",
            "3.  The administrator must first enter privileged EXEC mode before issuing the command.",
            "4.  The administrator must connect via the console port to access global configuration mode."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 46,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a network owned by one organization that provides safe and secure access to individuals who work for a different organization? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  extranet",
            "2.  cloud",
            "3.  BYOD",
            "4.  quality of service"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 47,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes storing personal files on servers over the internet to provide access anywhere, anytime, and on any device? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cloud",
            "2.  BYOD",
            "3.  quality of service",
            "4.  converged network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 48,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a network where one computer can be both client and server? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  peer-to-peer",
            "2.  cloud",
            "3.  BYOD",
            "4.  quality of service"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 49,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a type of network used by people who work from home or from a small remote office? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SOHO network",
            "2.  BYOD",
            "3.  quality of service",
            "4.  converged network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 50,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a computing model where server software runs on dedicated computers? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  client/server",
            "2.  internet",
            "3.  intranet",
            "4.  extranet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 51,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a type of network used by people who work from home or from a small remote office? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SOHO network",
            "2.  internet",
            "3.  intranet",
            "4.  extranet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 52,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a technology that allows devices to connect to the LAN using an electrical outlet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  powerline networking",
            "2.  internet",
            "3.  intranet",
            "4.  extranet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 53,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a policy that allows network devices to manage the flow of data to give priority to voice and video? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  quality of service",
            "2.  internet",
            "3.  intranet",
            "4.  extranet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 54,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes a private collection of LANs and WANs that belongs to an organization? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  intranet",
            "2.  internet",
            "3.  extranet",
            "4.  peer-to-peer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 55,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat term describes the ability to use personal devices across a business or campus network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  BYOD",
            "2.  internet",
            "3.  intranet",
            "4.  extranet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 56,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a source IP address added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  network layer",
            "2.  data link layer",
            "3.  transport layer",
            "4.  application layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 57,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a destination port number added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  transport layer",
            "2.  data link layer",
            "3.  network layer",
            "4.  application layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 58,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is data added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  application layer",
            "2.  data link layer",
            "3.  network layer",
            "4.  transport layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 59,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a source IP address added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  network layer",
            "2.  data link layer",
            "3.  application layer",
            "4.  presentation layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 60,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is data added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  application layer",
            "2.  transport layer",
            "3.  network layer",
            "4.  presentation layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 61,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a destination IP address added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  network layer",
            "2.  application layer",
            "3.  transport layer",
            "4.  presentation layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 62,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a source MAC address added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data link layer",
            "2.  application layer",
            "3.  transport layer",
            "4.  presentation layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 63,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a source port number added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  transport layer",
            "2.  application layer",
            "3.  network layer",
            "4.  presentation layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 64,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAt which OSI layer is a destination MAC address added to a PDU during the encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data link layer",
            "2.  transport layer",
            "3.  application layer",
            "4.  network layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 65,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen data is encoded as pulses of light, which media is being used to transmit the data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Wireless",
            "2.  Fire optic cable",
            "3.  Copper cable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 66,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two devices are intermediary devices? (Choose two) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Host",
            "2.  Router",
            "3.  Switch",
            "4.  Servers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 67,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m1c4t7 = [{
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of the OSI physical layer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  controlling access to media",
            "2.  transmitting bits across the local media",
            "3.  performing error detection on received frames",
            "4.  exchanging frames between nodes over physical network media"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 68,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhy are two strands of fiber used for a single fiber optic connection? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The two strands allow the data to travel for longer distances without degrading.",
            "2.  They prevent crosstalk from causing interference on the connection.",
            "3.  They increase the speed at which the data can travel.",
            "4.  They allow for full-duplex connectivity."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 69,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich characteristic describes crosstalk? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the distortion of the network signal from fluorescent lighting",
            "2.  the distortion of the transmitted messages from signals carried in adjacent wires",
            "3.  the weakening of the network signal over long cable lengths",
            "4.  the loss of wireless signal over excessive distance from the access point"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 70,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich procedure is used to reduce the effect of crosstalk in copper cables? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  requiring proper grounding connections",
            "2.  twisting opposing circuit wire pairs together",
            "3.  wrapping the bundle of wires with metallic shielding",
            "4.  designing a cable infrastructure to avoid crosstalk interference",
            "5.  avoiding sharp bends during installation"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 71,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is measuring the transfer of bits across the company backbone for a mission critical financial application. The administrator notices that the network throughput appears lower than the bandwidth expected. Which three factors could influence the differences in throughput? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the amount of traffic that is currently crossing the network",
            "2.  the sophistication of the encapsulation method applied to the data",
            "3.  the type of traffic that is crossing the network",
            "4.  the latency that is created by the number of network devices that the data is crossing",
            "5.  the bandwidth of the WAN connection to the Internet",
            "6.  the reliability of the gigabit Ethernet infrastructure of the backbone"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 72,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two characteristics of fiber-optic cable? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is not affected by EMI or RFI.",
            "2.  Each pair of cables is wrapped in metallic foil.",
            "3.  It combines the technique of cancellation, shielding, and twisting to protect data.",
            "4.  It typically contains 4 pairs of fiber-optic wires.",
            "5.  It is more expensive than UTP cabling is."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 73,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a primary role of the Physical layer in transmitting data on the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  create the signals that represent the bits in each frame on to the media",
            "2.  provide physical addressing to the devices",
            "3.  determine the path packets take through the network",
            "4.  control data access to the media"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 74,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWith the use of unshielded twisted-pair copper wire in a network, what causes crosstalk within the cable pairs? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the magnetic field around the adjacent pairs of wire",
            "2.  the use of braided wire to shield the adjacent wire pairs",
            "3.  the reflection of the electrical wave back from the far end of the cable",
            "4.  the collision caused by two nodes trying to use the media simultaneously"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 75,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the graphic. What type of cabling is shown?\n<img src=\"./Images/76.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 2\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  STP",
            "2.  UTP",
            "3.  coax",
            "4.  fiber"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 76,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn addition to the cable length, what two factors could interfere with the communication carried over UTP cables? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  crosstalk",
            "2.  bandwidth",
            "3.  size of the network",
            "4.  signal modulation technique",
            "5.  electromagnetic interference"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 77,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the graphic. What type of cabling is shown?\n<img src=\"./Images/78.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 3\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  STP",
            "2.  UTP",
            "3.  coax",
            "4.  fiber"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 78,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two devices commonly affect wireless networks? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Blu-ray players",
            "2.  home theaters",
            "3.  cordless phones",
            "4.  microwaves",
            "5.  incandescent light bulbs",
            "6.  external hard drives"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 79,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two statements describe the services provided by the data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It defines the end-to-end delivery addressing scheme.",
            "2.  It maintains the path between the source and destination devices during the data transmission.",
            "3.  It manages the access of frames to the network media.",
            "4.  It provides reliable delivery through link establishment and flow control.",
            "5.  It ensures that application data will be transmitted according to the prioritization.",
            "6.  It packages various Layer 3 PDUs into a frame format that is compatible with the network interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 80,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of the CRC value that is found in the FCS field of a frame? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to verify the integrity of the received frame",
            "2.  to verify the physical address in the frame",
            "3.  to verify the logical address in the frame",
            "4.  to compute the checksum header for the data field in the frame"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 81,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is contained in the trailer of a data-link frame? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  logical address",
            "2.  physical address",
            "3.  data",
            "4.  error detection"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 82,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes a characteristic of the frame header fields of the data link layer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They all include the flow control and logical connection fields.",
            "2.  Ethernet frame header fields contain Layer 3 source and destination addresses.",
            "3.  They vary depending on protocols.",
            "4.  They include information on user applications."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 83,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network team is comparing physical WAN topologies for connecting remote sites to a headquarters building. Which topology provides high availability and connects some, but not all, remote sites? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  mesh",
            "2.  partial mesh",
            "3.  hub and spoke",
            "4.  point-to-point"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 84,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two fields or features does Ethernet examine to determine if a received frame is passed to the data link layer or discarded by the NIC? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  auto-MDIX",
            "2.  CEF",
            "3.  Frame Check Sequence",
            "4.  minimum frame size",
            "5.  source MAC address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 85,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich media communication type does not require media arbitration in the data link layer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  deterministic",
            "2.  half-duplex",
            "3.  full-duplex",
            "4.  controlled access"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 86,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes an extended star topology? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  End devices connect to a central intermediate device, which in turn connects to other central intermediate devices.",
            "2.  End devices are connected together by a bus and each bus connects to a central intermediate device.",
            "3.  Each end system is connected to its respective neighbor via an intermediate device.",
            "4.  All end and intermediate devices are connected in a chain to each other."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 87,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of the LLC sublayer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It provides the logical addressing required that identifies the device.",
            "2.  It provides delimitation of data according to the physical signaling requirements of the medium.",
            "3.  It places information in the frame allowing multiple Layer 3 protocols to use the same network interface and media.",
            "4.  It defines software processes that provide services to the physical layer."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 88,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are three ways that media access control is used in networking? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Ethernet utilizes CSMA/CD.",
            "2.  Media access control provides placement of data frames onto the media.",
            "3.  Contention-based access is also known as deterministic.",
            "4.  802.11 utilizes CSMA/CD.",
            "5.  Data link layer protocols define the rules for access to different media.",
            "6.  Networks with controlled access have reduced performance due to data collisions."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 89,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nDuring the encapsulation process, what occurs at the data link layer for a PC connected to an Ethernet network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  An IP address is added.",
            "2.  The logical address is added.",
            "3.  The physical address is added.",
            "4.  The process port number is added."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 90,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat three items are contained in an Ethernet header and trailer? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  source IP address",
            "2.  source MAC address",
            "3.  destination IP address",
            "4.  destination MAC address",
            "5.  error-checking information"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 91,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of communication rule would best describe CSMA/CD? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access method",
            "2.  flow control",
            "3.  message encapsulation",
            "4.  message encoding"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 92,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three basic parts are common to all frame types supported by the data link layer? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  header",
            "2.  type field",
            "3.  MTU size",
            "4.  data",
            "5.  trailer",
            "6.  CRC value"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 93,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement is true about the CSMA/CD access method that is used in Ethernet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  When a device hears a carrier signal and transmits, a collision cannot occur.",
            "2.  A jamming signal causes only devices that caused the collision to execute a backoff algorithm.",
            "3.  All network devices must listen before transmitting.",
            "4.  Devices involved in a collision get priority to transmit after the backoff period."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 94,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the auto-MDIX feature on a switch? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the automatic configuration of an interface for 10/100/1000 Mb/s operation",
            "2.  the automatic configuration of an interface for a straight-through or a crossover Ethernet cable connection",
            "3.  the automatic configuration of full-duplex operation over a single Ethernet copper or optical cable",
            "4.  the ability to turn a switch interface on or off accordingly if an active connection is detected"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 95,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What is the destination MAC address of the Ethernet frame as it leaves the web server if the final destination is PC1?\n<img src=\"./Images/96.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 4\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  00-60-2F-3A-07-AA",
            "2.  00-60-2F-3A-07-BB",
            "3.  00-60-2F-3A-07-CC",
            "4.  00-60-2F-3A-07-DD"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 96,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA Layer 2 switch is used to switch incoming frames from a 1000BASE-T port to a port connected to a 100Base-T network. Which method of memory buffering would work best for this task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port-based buffering",
            "2.  level 1 cache buffering",
            "3.  shared memory buffering",
            "4.  fixed configuration buffering"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 97,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two examples of the cut-through switching method? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  store-and-forward switching",
            "2.  fast-forward switching",
            "3.  CRC switching",
            "4.  fragment-free switching",
            "5.  QOS switching"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 98,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich frame forwarding method receives the entire frame and performs a CRC check to detect errors before forwarding the frame? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cut-through switching",
            "2.  store-and-forward switching",
            "3.  fragment-free switching",
            "4.  fast-forward switching"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 99,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of the FCS field in a frame? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to obtain the MAC address of the sending node",
            "2.  to verify the logical address of the sending node",
            "3.  to compute the CRC header for the data field",
            "4.  to determine if errors occurred in the transmission and reception"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 100,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich switching method has the lowest level of latency? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cut-through",
            "2.  store-and-forward",
            "3.  fragment-free",
            "4.  fast-forward"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 101,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is connecting two modern switches using a straight-through cable. The switches are new and have never been configured. Which three statements are correct about the final result of the connection? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The link between the switches will work at the fastest speed that is supported by both switches.",
            "2.  The link between switches will work as full-duplex.",
            "3.  If both switches support different speeds, they will each work at their own fastest speed.",
            "4.  The auto-MDIX feature will configure the interfaces eliminating the need for a crossover cable.",
            "5.  The connection will not be possible unless the administrator changes the cable to a crossover cable.",
            "6.  The duplex capability has to be manually configured because it cannot be negotiated."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 102,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich advantage does the store-and-forward switching method have compared with the cut-through switching method? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  collision detecting",
            "2.  frame error checking",
            "3.  faster frame forwarding",
            "4.  frame forwarding using IPv4 Layer 3 and 4 information"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 103,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen the store-and-forward method of switching is in use, what part of the Ethernet frame is used to perform an error check? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  CRC in the trailer",
            "2.  source MAC address in the header",
            "3.  destination MAC address in the header",
            "4.  protocol type in the header"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 104,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich switching method uses the CRC value in a frame? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cut-through",
            "2.  fast-forward",
            "3.  fragment-free",
            "4.  store-and-forward"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 105,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two actions performed by a Cisco switch? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  building a routing table that is based on the first IP address in the frame header",
            "2.  using the source MAC addresses of frames to build and maintain a MAC address table",
            "3.  forwarding frames with unknown destination IP addresses to the default gateway",
            "4.  utilizing the MAC address table to forward frames via the destination MAC address",
            "5.  examining the destination MAC address to add new entries to the MAC address table"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 106,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two statements describe features or functions of the logical link control sublayer in Ethernet standards? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Logical link control is implemented in software.",
            "2.  Logical link control is specified in the IEEE 802.3 standard.",
            "3.  The LLC sublayer adds a header and a trailer to the data.",
            "4.  The data link layer uses LLC to communicate with the upper layers of the protocol suite.",
            "5.  The LLC sublayer is responsible for the placement and retrieval of frames on and off the media."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 107,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the auto-MDIX feature? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It enables a device to automatically configure an interface to use a straight-through or a crossover cable.",
            "2.  It enables a device to automatically configure the duplex settings of a segment.",
            "3.  It enables a device to automatically configure the speed of its interface.",
            "4.  It enables a switch to dynamically select the forwarding method."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 108,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is one advantage of using the cut-through switching method instead of the store-and-forward switching method? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  has a positive impact on bandwidth by dropping most of the invalid frames",
            "2.  makes a fast forwarding decision based on the source MAC address of the frame",
            "3.  has a lower latency appropriate for high-performance computing applications​",
            "4.  provides the flexibility to support any mix of Ethernet speeds"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 109,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is a multicast MAC address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF",
            "2.  5C-26-0A-4B-19-3E",
            "3.  01-00-5E-00-00-03",
            "4.  00-26-0F-4B-00-3E"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 110,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What is wrong with the displayed termination?\n<img src=\"./Images/111.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 5\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The woven copper braid should not have been removed.",
            "2.  The wrong type of connector is being used.",
            "3.  The untwisted length of each wire is too long.",
            "4.  The wires are too thick for the connector that is used."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 111,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The PC is connected to the console port of the switch. All the other connections are made through FastEthernet links. Which types of UTP cables can be used to connect the devices?​\n<img src=\"./Images/112.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 6\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 4 – 7: Ethernet Concepts - Test online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1 – rollover, 2 – crossover, 3 – straight-through",
            "2.  1 – rollover, 2 – straight-through, 3 – crossover",
            "3.  1 – crossover, 2 – straight-through, 3 – rollover",
            "4.  1 – crossover, 2 – rollover, 3 – straight-through"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 112,
        "img": true
    },

    {
        "question": "\nWhat does the term “attenuation” mean in data communication? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  loss of signal strength as distance increases",
            "2.  time for a signal to reach its destination",
            "3.  leakage of signals from one cable pair to another",
            "4.  strengthening of a signal by a networking device"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 114,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat makes fiber preferable to copper cabling for interconnecting buildings? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  greater distances per cable run",
            "2.  lower installation cost",
            "3.  limited susceptibility to EMI/RFI",
            "4.  durable connections",
            "5.  greater bandwidth potential",
            "6.  easily terminated"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 115,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the process by which one wave modifies another wave? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  modulation",
            "2.  IEEE",
            "3.  EIA/TIA",
            "4.  air"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 116,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the capacity at which a medium can carry data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  bandwidth",
            "2.  IEEE",
            "3.  EIA/TIA",
            "4.  air"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 117,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the capacity at which a medium can carry data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  bandwidth",
            "2.  throughput",
            "3.  latency",
            "4.  goodput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 118,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the measure of the transfer of bits across a medium over a given period of time? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  throughput",
            "2.  bandwidth",
            "3.  latency",
            "4.  goodput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 119,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the amount of time, including delays, for data to travel from one point to another? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  latency",
            "2.  bandwidth",
            "3.  throughput",
            "4.  goodput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 120,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the amount of time, including delays, for data to travel from one point to another? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  latency",
            "2.  fiber-optic cable",
            "3.  air",
            "4.  copper cable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 121,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the measure of usable data transferred over a given period of time? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  goodput",
            "2.  fiber-optic cable",
            "3.  air",
            "4.  copper cable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 122,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the physical medium which uses electrical pulses? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  copper cable",
            "2.  fiber-optic cable",
            "3.  air",
            "4.  goodput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 123,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the physical medium that uses the propagation of light? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  fiber-optic cable",
            "2.  goodput",
            "3.  latency",
            "4.  throughput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 124,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat OSI physical layer term describes the physical medium for microwave transmissions? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  air",
            "2.  goodput",
            "3.  latency",
            "4.  throughput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 125,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the MAC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Implements a trailer to detect transmission errors.",
            "2.  Controls the NIC responsible for sending and receiving data on the physical medium.",
            "3.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame.",
            "4.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "5.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 126,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the LLC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media.",
            "2.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame.",
            "3.  Integrates various physical technologies.",
            "4.  Implements a process to delimit fields within a Layer 2 frame.",
            "5.  Controls the NIC responsible for sending and receiving data on the physical medium."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 127,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the MAC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Provides a mechanism to allow multiple devices to communicate over a shared medium.",
            "2.  Controls the NIC responsible for sending and receiving data on the physical medium.",
            "3.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame.",
            "4.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "5.  Communicates between the networking software at the upper layers and the device hardware at the lower layers."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 128,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the MAC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Controls the NIC responsible for sending and receiving data on the physical medium.",
            "2.  Integrates various physical technologies.",
            "3.  Communicates between the networking software at the upper layers and the device hardware at the lower layers.",
            "4.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "5.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 129,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the LLC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "2.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame.",
            "3.  Performs data encapsulation.",
            "4.  Controls the NIC responsible for sending and receiving data on the physical medium.",
            "5.  Integrates various physical technologies."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 130,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the MAC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Provides synchronization between source and target nodes.",
            "2.  Integrates various physical technologies.",
            "3.  Communicates between the networking software at the upper layers and the device hardware at the lower layers.",
            "4.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "5.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 131,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the LLC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "2.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media.",
            "3.  Provides data link layer addressing.",
            "4.  Implements a trailer to detect transmission errors.",
            "5.  Provides synchronization between source and target nodes."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 132,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the MAC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Implements a trailer to detect transmission errors.",
            "2.  Provides synchronization between source and target nodes.",
            "3.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame.",
            "4.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media.",
            "5.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 133,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\n Which two functions are performed at the LLC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media.",
            "2.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "3.  Integrates various physical technologies.",
            "4.  Implements a trailer to detect transmission errors.",
            "5.  Provides synchronization between source and target nodes."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 134,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are performed at the MAC sublayer of the OSI data link layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Provides a mechanism to allow multiple devices to communicate over a shared medium.",
            "2.  Controls the NIC responsible for sending and receiving data on the physical medium.",
            "3.  Places information in the frame that identifies which network layer protocol is being used for the frame.",
            "4.  Adds Layer 2 control information to network protocol data.",
            "5.  Enables IPv4 and IPv6 to utilize the same network interface and media."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 135,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a switch receives a frame and does have the source MAC address in the MAC table? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch refreshes the timer on that entry.",
            "2.  The switch shares the MAC address table entry with any connected switches.",
            "3.  The switch does not forward the frame.",
            "4.  The switch sends the frame to a connected router because the destination MAC address is not local."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 136,
        "img": false
    },
    // {
    //     "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a switch receives a frame with the destination MAC address FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF? ",
    //     "answers": [
    //         "1.  The switch forwards it out all ports except the ingress port.",
    //         "2.  The switch shares the MAC address table entry with any connected switches.",
    //         "3.  The switch does not forward the frame.",
    //         "4.  The switch sends the frame to a connected router because the destination MAC address is not local."
    //     ],
    //     "correct": [
    //         0
    //     ],
    //     "type": "single",
    //     "uid": 137,
    //     "img": false
    // },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a host receives a frame with a destination MAC address it does not recognize? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The host will discard the frame.",
            "2.  The host sends the frame to the switch to update the MAC address table.",
            "3.  The host forwards the frame to the router.",
            "4.  The host forwards the frame to all other hosts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 138,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a switch receives a frame with the destination MAC address 01:00:5E:00:00:D9? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch forwards it out all ports except the ingress port.",
            "2.  The switch does not forward the frame.",
            "3.  The switch sends the frame to a connected router because the destination MAC address is not local.",
            "4.  The switch shares the MAC address table entry with any connected switches."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 139,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a host receives a frame with a destination MAC address of FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The host will process the frame.",
            "2.  The host forwards the frame to the router.",
            "3.  The host sends the frame to the switch to update the MAC address table.",
            "4.  The host forwards the frame to all other hosts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 140,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a switch receives a frame and does have the source MAC address in the MAC table? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch refreshes the timer on that entry.",
            "2.  The switch adds it to its MAC address table associated with the port number.",
            "3.  The switch forwards the frame to the associated port.",
            "4.  The switch sends the frame to a connected router because the destination MAC address is not local."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 141,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a host receives a frame with a destination MAC address of FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The host will process the frame.",
            "2.  The host returns the frame to the switch.",
            "3.  The host replies to the switch with its own IP address.",
            "4.  The host forwards the frame to all other hosts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 142,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a switch receives a frame and does have the source MAC address in the MAC table? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch refreshes the timer on that entry.",
            "2.  The switch shares the MAC address table entry with any connected switches.",
            "3.  The switch does not forward the frame.",
            "4.  The switch adds it to its MAC address table associated with the port number."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 143,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a host receives a frame with a destination MAC address it does not recognize? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The host will discard the frame.",
            "2.  The host replies to the switch with its own IP address.",
            "3.  The host forwards the frame to all other hosts.",
            "4.  The host returns the frame to the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 144,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat action will occur if a switch receives a frame with the destination MAC address FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch forwards it out all ports except the ingress port.",
            "2.  The switch refreshes the timer on that entry.",
            "3.  The switch does not forward the frame.",
            "4.  The switch sends the frame to a connected router because the destination MAC address is not local."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 145,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of UTP cable is used to connect a PC to a switch port? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  console",
            "2.  rollover",
            "3.  crossover",
            "4.  straight-through"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 146,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m1c8t10 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich information is used by routers to forward a data packet toward its destination? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  source IP address",
            "2.  destination IP address",
            "3.  source data-link address",
            "4.  destination data-link address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 147,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA computer has to send a packet to a destination host in the same LAN. How will the packet be sent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The packet will be sent to the default gateway first, and then, depending on the response from the gateway, it may be sent to the destination host.",
            "2.  The packet will be sent directly to the destination host.",
            "3.  The packet will first be sent to the default gateway, and then from the default gateway it will be sent directly to the destination host.",
            "4.  The packet will be sent only to the default gateway."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 148,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA router receives a packet from the Gigabit 0/0 interface and determines that the packet needs to be forwarded out the Gigabit 0/1 interface. What will the router do next? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  route the packet out the Gigabit 0/1 interface",
            "2.  create a new Layer 2 Ethernet frame to be sent to the destination",
            "3.  look into the ARP cache to determine the destination IP address",
            "4.  look into the routing table to determine if the destination network is in the routing table"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 149,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich IPv4 address can a host use to ping the loopback interface? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  126.0.0.1",
            "2.  127.0.0.0",
            "3.  126.0.0.0",
            "4.  127.0.0.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 150,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA computer can access devices on the same network but cannot access devices on other networks. What is the probable cause of this problem? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The cable is not connected properly to the NIC.",
            "2.  The computer has an invalid IP address.",
            "3.  The computer has an incorrect subnet mask.",
            "4.  The computer has an invalid default gateway address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 151,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes a feature of the IP protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  IP encapsulation is modified based on network media.",
            "2.  IP relies on Layer 2 protocols for transmission error control.",
            "3.  MAC addresses are used during the IP packet encapsulation.",
            "4.  IP relies on upper layer services to handle situations of missing or out-of-order packets."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 152,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhy is NAT not needed in IPv6?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Because IPv6 has integrated security, there is no need to hide the IPv6 addresses of internal networks.​",
            "2.  Any host or user can get a public IPv6 network address because the number of available IPv6 addresses is extremely large.​",
            "3.  The problems that are induced by NAT applications are solved because the IPv6 header improves packet handling by intermediate routers.​",
            "4.  The end-to-end connectivity problems that are caused by NAT are solved because the number of routes increases with the number of nodes that are connected to the Internet."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 153,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich parameter does the router use to choose the path to the destination when there are multiple routes available? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the lower metric value that is associated with the destination network",
            "2.  the lower gateway IP address to get to the destination network",
            "3.  the higher metric value that is associated with the destination network",
            "4.  the higher gateway IP address to get to the destination network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 154,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two services provided by the OSI network layer? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  performing error detection",
            "2.  routing packets toward the destination",
            "3.  encapsulating PDUs from the transport layer",
            "4.  placement of frames on the media",
            "5.  collision detection"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 155,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWithin a production network, what is the purpose of configuring a switch with a default gateway address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Hosts that are connected to the switch can use the switch default gateway address to forward packets to a remote destination.",
            "2.  A switch must have a default gateway to be accessible by Telnet and SSH.",
            "3.  The default gateway address is used to forward packets originating from the switch to remote networks.",
            "4.  It provides a next-hop address for all traffic that flows through the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 156,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a basic characteristic of the IP protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  connectionless",
            "2.  media dependent",
            "3.  user data segmentation",
            "4.  reliable end-to-end delivery"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 157,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich field in the IPv4 header is used to prevent a packet from traversing a network endlessly? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Time-to-Live",
            "2.  Sequence Number",
            "3.  Acknowledgment Number",
            "4.  Differentiated Services"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 158,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is one advantage that the IPv6 simplified header offers over IPv4? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  smaller-sized header",
            "2.  little requirement for processing checksums",
            "3.  smaller-sized source and destination IP addresses",
            "4.  efficient packet handling"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 159,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat IPv4 header field identifies the upper layer protocol carried in the packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Protocol",
            "2.  Identification",
            "3.  Version",
            "4.  Differentiated Services"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 160,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat information does the loopback test provide? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The TCP/IP stack on the device is working correctly.",
            "2.  The device has end-to-end connectivity.",
            "3.  DHCP is working correctly.",
            "4.  The Ethernet cable is working correctly.",
            "5.  The device has the correct IP address on the network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 161,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat routing table entry has a next hop address associated with a destination network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  directly-connected routes",
            "2.  local routes",
            "3.  remote routes",
            "4.  C and L source routes"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 162,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow do hosts ensure that their packets are directed to the correct network destination? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They have to keep their own local routing table that contains a route to the loopback interface, a local network route, and a remote default route.​",
            "2.  They always direct their packets to the default gateway, which will be responsible for the packet delivery.",
            "3.  They search in their own local routing table for a route to the network destination address and pass this information to the default gateway.",
            "4.  They send a query packet to the default gateway asking for the best route."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 163,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen transporting data from real-time applications, such as streaming audio and video, which field in the IPv6 header can be used to inform the routers and switches to maintain the same path for the packets in the same conversation? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Next Header",
            "2.  Flow Label",
            "3.  Traffic Class",
            "4.  Differentiated Services"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 164,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat statement describes the function of the Address Resolution Protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ARP is used to discover the IP address of any host on a different network.",
            "2.  ARP is used to discover the IP address of any host on the local network.",
            "3.  ARP is used to discover the MAC address of any host on a different network.",
            "4.  ARP is used to discover the MAC address of any host on the local network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 165,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nUnder which two circumstances will a switch flood a frame out of every port except the port that the frame was received on? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The frame has the broadcast address as the destination address.",
            "2.  The destination address is unknown to the switch.",
            "3.  The source address in the frame header is the broadcast address.",
            "4.  The source address in the frame is a multicast address.",
            "5.  The destination address in the frame is a known unicast address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 166,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes the treatment of ARP requests on the local link? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They must be forwarded by all routers on the local network.",
            "2.  They are received and processed by every device on the local network.",
            "3.  They are dropped by all switches on the local network.",
            "4.  They are received and processed only by the target device."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 167,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich destination address is used in an ARP request frame? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0.0.0.0",
            "2.  255.255.255.255",
            "3.  FFFF.FFFF.FFFF",
            "4.  AAAA.AAAA.AAAA",
            "5.  the physical address of the destination host"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 168,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network technician issues the arp -d * command on a PC after the router that is connected to the LAN is reconfigured. What is the result after this command is issued? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The ARP cache is cleared.",
            "2.  The current content of the ARP cache is displayed.",
            "3.  The detailed information of the ARP cache is displayed.",
            "4.  The ARP cache is synchronized with the router interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 169,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The exhibit shows a small switched network and the contents of the MAC address table of the switch. PC1 has sent a frame addressed to PC3. What will the switch do with the frame?\n<img src=\"./Images/170.jpg\" width=\"583\" height=\"357\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 2\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch will discard the frame.",
            "2.  The switch will forward the frame only to port 2.",
            "3.  The switch will forward the frame to all ports except port 4.",
            "4.  The switch will forward the frame to all ports.",
            "5.  The switch will forward the frame only to ports 1 and 3."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 170,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two types of IPv6 messages are used in place of ARP for address resolution? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  anycast",
            "2.  broadcast",
            "3.  echo reply",
            "4.  echo request",
            "5.  neighbor solicitation",
            "6.  neighbor advertisement"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 171,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the aim of an ARP spoofing attack? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to flood the network with ARP reply broadcasts",
            "2.  to fill switch MAC address tables with bogus addresses",
            "3.  to associate IP addresses to the wrong MAC address",
            "4.  to overwhelm network hosts with ARP requests"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 172,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. PC1 attempts to connect to File_server1 and sends an ARP request to obtain a destination MAC address. Which MAC address will PC1 receive in the ARP reply?\n<img src=\"./Images/173.jpg\" width=\"538\" height=\"410\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 3\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the MAC address of S1",
            "2.  the MAC address of the G0/0 interface on R1",
            "3.  the MAC address of the G0/0 interface on R2",
            "4.  the MAC address of S2",
            "5.  the MAC address of File_server1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 173,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhere are IPv4 address to Layer 2 Ethernet address mappings maintained on a host computer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  neighbor table",
            "2.  ARP cache",
            "3.  routing table",
            "4.  MAC address table"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 174,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat important information is examined in the Ethernet frame header by a Layer 2 device in order to forward the data onward? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  source MAC address",
            "2.  source IP address",
            "3.  destination MAC address",
            "4.  Ethernet type",
            "5.  destination IP address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 175,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA new network administrator has been asked to enter a banner message on a Cisco device. What is the fastest way a network administrator could test whether the banner is properly configured? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Reboot the device.",
            "2.  Enter CTRL-Z at the privileged mode prompt.",
            "3.  Exit global configuration mode.",
            "4.  Power cycle the device.",
            "5.  Exit privileged EXEC mode and press Enter."
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 176,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two functions of NVRAM? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to store the routing table",
            "2.  to retain contents when power is removed",
            "3.  to store the startup configuration file",
            "4.  to contain the running configuration file",
            "5.  to store the ARP table"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 177,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA router boots and enters setup mode. What is the reason for this? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The IOS image is corrupt.",
            "2.  Cisco IOS is missing from flash memory.",
            "3.  The configuration file is missing from NVRAM.",
            "4.  The POST process has detected hardware failure."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 178,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nThe global configuration command ip default-gateway 172.16.100.1 is applied to a switch. What is the effect of this command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The switch will have a management interface with the address 172.16.100.1.",
            "2.  The switch can be remotely managed from a host on another network.",
            "3.  The switch can communicate with other hosts on the 172.16.100.0 network.",
            "4.  The switch is limited to sending and receiving frames to and from the gateway 172.16.100.1."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 179,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat happens when the transport input ssh command is entered on the switch vty lines? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The SSH client on the switch is enabled.",
            "2.  Communication between the switch and remote users is encrypted.",
            "3.  The switch requires a username/password combination for remote access.",
            "4.  The switch requires remote connections via a proprietary client software."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 180,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A user PC has successfully transmitted packets to www.cisco.com. Which IP address does the user PC target in order to forward its data off the local network?\n<img src=\"./Images/181.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px\"   alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 4\" width=\"433\" height=\"224\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  172.24.255.17",
            "2.  172.24.1.22",
            "3.  172.20.0.254",
            "4.  172.24.255.4",
            "5.  172.20.1.18"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 181,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three commands are used to set up secure access to a router through a connection to the console interface? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  interface fastethernet 0/0",
            "2.  line vty 0 4",
            "3.  line console 0",
            "4.  enable secret cisco",
            "5.  login",
            "6.  password cisco"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 182,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Consider the IP address configuration shown from PC1. What is a description of the default gateway address?\n<img src=\"./Images/183.jpg\" width=\"612\" height=\"408\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 5\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 8 – 10: Communicating Between Networks - Test online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is the IP address of the Router1 interface that connects the company to the Internet.",
            "2.  It is the IP address of the Router1 interface that connects the PC1 LAN to Router1.",
            "3.  It is the IP address of Switch1 that connects PC1 to other devices on the same LAN.",
            "4.  It is the IP address of the ISP network device located in the cloud."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 183,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two functions are primary functions of a router? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  packet forwarding",
            "2.  microsegmentation",
            "3.  domain name resolution",
            "4.  path selection",
            "5.  flow control"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 184,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the effect of using the Router# copy running-config startup-config command on a router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The contents of ROM will change.",
            "2.  The contents of RAM will change.",
            "3.  The contents of NVRAM will change.",
            "4.  The contents of flash will change."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 185,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat will happen if the default gateway address is incorrectly configured on a host? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The host cannot communicate with other hosts in the local network.",
            "2.  The switch will not forward packets initiated by the host.",
            "3.  The host will have to use ARP to determine the correct address of the default gateway.",
            "4.  The host cannot communicate with hosts in other networks.",
            "5.  A ping from the host to 127.0.0.1 would not be successful."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 186,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two potential network problems that can result from ARP operation? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Manually configuring static ARP associations could facilitate ARP poisoning or MAC address spoofing.",
            "2.  On large networks with low bandwidth, multiple ARP broadcasts could cause data communication delays.",
            "3.  Network attackers could manipulate MAC address and IP address mappings in ARP messages with the intent of intercepting network traffic.",
            "4.  Large numbers of ARP request broadcasts could cause the host MAC address table to overflow and prevent the host from communicating on the network.",
            "5.  Multiple ARP replies result in the switch MAC address table containing entries that match the MAC addresses of hosts that are connected to the relevant switch port."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 187,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header used to identify the next level protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  protocol",
            "2.  destination IPv4 address",
            "3.  source IPv4 address",
            "4.  TTL"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 189,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header that contains an 8-bit binary value used to determine the priority of each packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  differentiated services",
            "2.  destination IPv4 address",
            "3.  source IPv4 address",
            "4.  protocol"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 190,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header that contains a 32-bit binary value associated with an interface on the sending device? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  source IPv4 address",
            "2.  destination IPv4 address",
            "3.  protocol",
            "4.  TTL"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 191,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header used to detect corruption in the IPv4 header? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  header checksum",
            "2.  source IPv4 address",
            "3.  protocol",
            "4.  TTL"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 192,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Payroll LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">RTR1(config)# interface gi0/1\nRTR1(config-if)# description Connects to the Marketing LAN\nRTR1(config-if)# ip address 10.27.15.17 255.255.255.0\nRTR1(config-if)# no shutdown\nRTR1(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nRTR1(config-if)# description Connects to the Payroll LAN\nRTR1(config-if)# ip address 10.27.14.148 255.255.255.0\nRTR1(config-if)# no shutdown\nRTR1(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nRTR1(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nRTR1(config-if)# ip address 10.14.15.254 255.255.255.0\nRTR1(config-if)# no shutdown\nRTR1(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nRTR1(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nRTR1(config-if)# ip address 203.0.113.39 255.255.255.0\nRTR1(config-if)# no shutdown\nRTR1(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10.27.14.148",
            "2.  10.27.14.1",
            "3.  10.14.15.254",
            "4.  203.0.113.39",
            "5.  10.27.15.17"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 193,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header that contains a unicast, multicast, or broadcast address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  destination IPv4 address",
            "2.  protocol",
            "3.  TTL",
            "4.  header checksum"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 194,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header used to limit the lifetime of a packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  TTL",
            "2.  source IPv4 address",
            "3.  protocol",
            "4.  header checksum"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 195,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header that contains a 4-bit binary value set to 0100? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  version",
            "2.  source IPv4 address",
            "3.  protocol",
            "4.  TTL"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 196,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header used to identify the next level protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  protocol",
            "2.  version",
            "3.  differentiated services",
            "4.  header checksum"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 197,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term describes a field in the IPv4 packet header that contains a 4-bit binary value set to 0100? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  version",
            "2.  differentiated services",
            "3.  header checksum",
            "4.  TTL"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 198,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP causes cached IP-to-MAC mappings to remain in memory longer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Entries in an ARP table are time-stamped and are purged after the timeout expires.",
            "2.  A static IP-to-MAC address entry can be entered manually into an ARP table.",
            "3.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "4.  The port-to-MAC address table on a switch has the same entries as the ARP table on the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 199,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP allows MAC addresses of frequently used servers to be fixed in the ARP table? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A static IP-to-MAC address entry can be entered manually into an ARP table.",
            "2.  Entries in an ARP table are time-stamped and are purged after the timeout expires.",
            "3.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "4.  The port-to-MAC address table on a switch has the same entries as the ARP table on the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 200,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP allows MAC addresses of frequently used servers to be fixed in the ARP table? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A static IP-to-MAC address entry can be entered manually into an ARP table.",
            "2.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  The source MAC address appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "4.  The port-to-MAC address table on a switch has the same entries as the ARP table on the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 201,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP allows hosts on a LAN to send traffic to remote networks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Local hosts learn the MAC address of the default gateway.",
            "2.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  The source MAC address appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "4.  The port-to-MAC address table on a switch has the same entries as the ARP table on the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 202,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Registrar LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Floor(config)# interface gi0/1\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Registrar LAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 192.168.235.234 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Manager LAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 192.168.234.114 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 10.234.235.254 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 203.0.113.3 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.235.234",
            "2.  192.168.235.1",
            "3.  10.234.235.254",
            "4.  203.0.113.3",
            "5.  192.168.234.114"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 203,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP forces all Ethernet NICs to process an ARP request?  ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "2.  The source MAC address appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "4.  ARP replies are broadcast on the network when a host receives an ARP request."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 204,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP causes a reply only to the source sending an ARP request? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The source MAC address appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "2.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "4.  ARP replies are broadcast on the network when a host receives an ARP request."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 205,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP causes the request to be flooded out all ports of a switch except for the port receiving the ARP request? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "2.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  Entries in an ARP table are time-stamped and are purged after the timeout expires.",
            "4.  ARP replies are broadcast on the network when a host receives an ARP request."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 206,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP causes the NICs receiving an ARP request to pass the data portion of the Ethernet frame to the ARP process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "2.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  Entries in an ARP table are time-stamped and are purged after the timeout expires.",
            "4.  ARP replies are broadcast on the network when a host receives an ARP request."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 207,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat property of ARP causes the NICs receiving an ARP request to pass the data portion of the Ethernet frame to the ARP process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The type field 0x806 appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "2.  The destination MAC address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF appears in the header of the Ethernet frame.",
            "3.  Entries in an ARP table are time-stamped and are purged after the timeout expires.",
            "4.  The port-to-MAC address table on a switch has the same entries as the ARP table on the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 208,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Service LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Main(config)# interface gi0/1\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the Service LAN\nMain(config-if)# ip address 172.29.157.156 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the Engineering LAN\nMain(config-if)# ip address 172.29.156.36 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nMain(config-if)# ip address 10.156.157.254 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nMain(config-if)# ip address 198.51.100.177 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  172.29.157.156",
            "2.  172.29.157.1",
            "3.  10.156.157.254",
            "4.  198.51.100.177",
            "5.  172.29.156.36"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 209,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Medical LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">BldgA(config)# interface gi0/1\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the Medical LAN\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 192.168.191.189 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the Client LAN\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 192.168.190.70 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 10.190.191.254 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 198.51.100.213 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.191.189",
            "2.  192.168.191.1",
            "3.  10.190.191.254",
            "4.  198.51.100.213",
            "5.  192.168.190.70"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 210,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Registrar LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Floor(config)# interface gi0/1\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Registrar LAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 192.168.225.223 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Manager LAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 192.168.224.103 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 10.224.225.254 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 203.0.113.246 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.225.223",
            "2.  192.168.225.1",
            "3.  10.224.225.254",
            "4.  203.0.113.246",
            "5.  192.168.224.103"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 211,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Manager LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Floor(config)# interface gi0/1\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Registrar LAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 10.118.63.65 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Manager LAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 10.118.62.196 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 10.62.63.254 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nFloor(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nFloor(config-if)# ip address 209.165.200.87 255.255.255.0\nFloor(config-if)# no shutdown\nFloor(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10.118.62.196",
            "2.  10.118.62.1",
            "3.  10.62.63.254",
            "4.  209.165.200.87",
            "5.  10.118.63.65"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 212,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Store LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">HQ(config)# interface gi0/1\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the Branch LAN\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 172.19.99.99 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the Store LAN\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 172.19.98.230 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 10.98.99.254 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 209.165.200.120 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  172.19.98.230",
            "2.  172.19.98.1",
            "3.  10.98.99.254",
            "4.  209.165.200.120",
            "5.  172.19.99.99"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 213,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Store LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">HQ(config)# interface gi0/1\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the Branch LAN\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 172.20.133.132 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the Store LAN\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 172.20.132.13 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 10.132.133.254 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nHQ(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nHQ(config-if)# ip address 198.51.100.156 255.255.255.0\nHQ(config-if)# no shutdown\nHQ(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  172.20.132.13",
            "2.  172.20.132.1",
            "3.  10.132.133.254",
            "4.  198.51.100.156",
            "5.  172.20.133.132"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 214,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Service LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Main(config)# interface gi0/1\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the Service LAN\nMain(config-if)# ip address 192.168.167.166 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the Engineering LAN\nMain(config-if)# ip address 192.168.166.46 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nMain(config-if)# ip address 10.166.167.254 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nMain(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nMain(config-if)# ip address 198.51.100.189 255.255.255.0\nMain(config-if)# no shutdown\nMain(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.167.166",
            "2.  192.168.167.1",
            "3.  10.166.167.254",
            "4.  198.51.100.189",
            "5.  192.168.166.46"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 215,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is connecting a new host to the Medical LAN. The host needs to communicate with remote networks. What IP address would be configured as the default gateway on the new host?\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">BldgA(config)# interface gi0/1\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the Medical LAN\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 192.168.201.200 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# interface gi0/0\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the Client LAN\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 192.168.200.80 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# interface s0/0/0\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the ISP\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 10.200.201.254 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# interface s0/0/1\nBldgA(config-if)# description Connects to the Head Office WAN\nBldgA(config-if)# ip address 203.0.113.222 255.255.255.0\nBldgA(config-if)# no shutdown\nBldgA(config-if)# end<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.201.200",
            "2.  192.168.201.1",
            "3.  10.200.201.254",
            "4.  203.0.113.222",
            "5.  192.168.200.80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 216,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m1c11t13 = [{
        "question": "\nWhat is the prefix length notation for the subnet mask 255.255.255.224? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  /25",
            "2.  /26",
            "3.  /27",
            "4.  /28"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 217,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow many valid host addresses are available on an IPv4 subnet that is configured with a /26 mask?  ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  254",
            "2.  190",
            "3.  192",
            "4.  62",
            "5.  64"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 218,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich subnet mask would be used if 5 host bits are available? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  255.255.255.0",
            "2.  255.255.255.128",
            "3.  255.255.255.224​",
            "4.  255.255.255.240"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 219,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator subnets the 192.168.10.0/24 network into subnets with /26 masks. How many equal-sized subnets are created? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1",
            "2.  2",
            "3.  4",
            "4.  8",
            "5.  16",
            "6.  64"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 220,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator wants to create four subnetworks from the network address 192.168.1.0/24. What is the network address and subnet mask of the second useable subnet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  subnetwork 192.168.1.64 subnet mask 255.255.255.192",
            "2.  subnetwork 192.168.1.32 subnet mask 255.255.255.240",
            "3.  subnetwork 192.168.1.64 subnet mask 255.255.255.240",
            "4.  subnetwork 192.168.1.128 subnet mask 255.255.255.192",
            "5.  subnetwork 192.168.1.8 subnet mask 255.255.255.224"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 221,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow many bits must be borrowed from the host portion of an address to accommodate a router with five connected networks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  two",
            "2.  three",
            "3.  four",
            "4.  five"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 222,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow many host addresses are available on the 192.168.10.128/26 network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  30",
            "2.  32",
            "3.  60",
            "4.  62",
            "5.  64"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 223,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow many host addresses are available on the network 172.16.128.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.252.0? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  510",
            "2.  512",
            "3.  1022",
            "4.  1024",
            "5.  2046",
            "6.  2048"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 224,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat three blocks of addresses are defined by RFC 1918 for private network use? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10.0.0.0/8",
            "2.  172.16.0.0/12",
            "3.  192.168.0.0/16",
            "4.  100.64.0.0/14",
            "5.  169.254.0.0/16",
            "6.  239.0.0.0/8"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 225,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator must send a message to everyone on the router A network. What is the broadcast address for network 172.16.16.0/22?\n<img src=\"./Images/226.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 2\" width=\"338\" height=\"222\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  172.16.16.255",
            "2.  172.16.20.255",
            "3.  172.16.19.255",
            "4.  172.16.23.255",
            "5.  172.16.255.255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 226,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA site administrator has been told that a particular network at the site must accommodate 126 hosts. Which subnet mask would be used that contains the required number of host bits? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  255.255.255.0",
            "2.  255.255.255.128",
            "3.  255.255.255.224",
            "4.  255.255.255.240"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 227,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Considering the addresses already used and having to remain within the 10.16.10.0/24 network range, which subnet address could be assigned to the network containing 25 hosts?\n<img src=\"./Images/228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"251\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 3\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10.16.10.160/26",
            "2.  10.16.10.128/28",
            "3.  10.16.10.64/27",
            "4.  10.16.10.224/26",
            "5.  10.16.10.240/27",
            "6.  10.16.10.240/28"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 228,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the usable number of host IP addresses on a network that has a /26 mask? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  256",
            "2.  254",
            "3.  64",
            "4.  62",
            "5.  32",
            "6.  16"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 229,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich address prefix range is reserved for IPv4 multicast? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  240.0.0.0 – 254.255.255.255",
            "2.  224.0.0.0 – 239.255.255.255",
            "3.  169.254.0.0 – 169.254.255.255",
            "4.  127.0.0.0 – 127.255.255.255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 230,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA high school in New York (school A) is using videoconferencing technology to establish student interactions with another high school (school B) in Russia. The videoconferencing is conducted between two end devices through the Internet. The network administrator of school A configures the end device with the IP address 209.165.201.10. The administrator sends a request for the IP address for the end device in school B and the response is 192.168.25.10. Neither school is using a VPN. The administrator knows immediately that this IP will not work. Why? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  This is a loopback address.",
            "2.  This is a link-local address.",
            "3.  This is a private IP address.",
            "4.  There is an IP address conflict."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 231,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three addresses are valid public addresses? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  198.133.219.17",
            "2.  192.168.1.245",
            "3.  10.15.250.5",
            "4.  128.107.12.117",
            "5.  172.31.1.25",
            "6.  64.104.78.227"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 232,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA message is sent to all hosts on a remote network. Which type of message is it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  limited broadcast",
            "2.  multicast",
            "3.  directed broadcast",
            "4.  unicast"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 233,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA company has a network address of 192.168.1.64 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.192. The company wants to create two subnetworks that would contain 10 hosts and 18 hosts respectively. Which two networks would achieve that? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.1.16/28",
            "2.  192.168.1.64/27",
            "3.  192.168.1.128/27",
            "4.  192.168.1.96/28",
            "5.  192.168.1.192/28"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 234,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich address is a valid IPv6 link-local unicast address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FEC8:1::FFFF",
            "2.  FD80::1:1234",
            "3.  FE80::1:4545:6578:ABC1",
            "4.  FE0A::100:7788:998F",
            "5.  FC90:5678:4251:FFFF"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 235,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich of these addresses is the shortest abbreviation for the IP address:\n3FFE:1044:0000:0000:00AB:0000:0000:0057? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  3FFE:1044::AB::57",
            "2.  3FFE:1044::00AB::0057",
            "3.  3FFE:1044:0:0:AB::57",
            "4.  3FFE:1044:0:0:00AB::0057",
            "5.  3FFE:1044:0000:0000:00AB::57",
            "6.  3FFE:1044:0000:0000:00AB::0057"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 236,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator has received the IPv6 prefix 2001:DB8::/48 for subnetting. Assuming the administrator does not subnet into the interface ID portion of the address space, how many subnets can the administrator create from the /48 prefix? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  16",
            "2.  256",
            "3.  4096",
            "4.  65536"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 237,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nGiven IPv6 address prefix 2001:db8::/48, what will be the last subnet that is created if the subnet prefix is changed to /52? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2001:db8:0:f00::/52",
            "2.  2001:db8:0:8000::/52",
            "3.  2001:db8:0:f::/52",
            "4.  2001:db8:0:f000::/52"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 238,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of IPv6 address is FE80::1? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  loopback",
            "2.  link-local",
            "3.  multicast",
            "4.  global unicast"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 239,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A company is deploying an IPv6 addressing scheme for its network. The company design document indicates that the subnet portion of the IPv6 addresses is used for the new hierarchical network design, with the site subsection to represent multiple geographical sites of the company, the sub-site section to represent multiple campuses at each site, and the subnet section to indicate each network segment separated by routers. With such a scheme, what is the maximum number of subnets achieved per sub-site?\n<img src=\"./Images/240.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"203\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 5\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0",
            "2.  4",
            "3.  16",
            "4.  256"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 240,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is used in the EUI-64 process to create an IPv6 interface ID on an IPv6 enabled interface? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the MAC address of the IPv6 enabled interface",
            "2.  a randomly generated 64-bit hexadecimal address",
            "3.  an IPv6 address that is provided by a DHCPv6 server",
            "4.  an IPv4 address that is configured on the interface"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 241,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the prefix for the host address 2001:DB8:BC15:A:12AB::1/64? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2001:DB8:BC15",
            "2.  2001:DB8:BC15:A",
            "3.  2001:DB8:BC15:A:1",
            "4.  2001:DB8:BC15:A:12"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 242,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn IPv6 enabled device sends a data packet with the destination address of FF02::1. What is the target of this packet?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the one IPv6 device on the link that has been uniquely configured with this address",
            "2.  all IPv6 enabled devices on the local link​ or network",
            "3.  only IPv6 DHCP servers​",
            "4.  only IPv6 configured routers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 243,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich IPv6 prefix is reserved for communication between devices on the same link? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FC00::/7",
            "2.  2001::/32",
            "3.  FE80::/10",
            "4.  FDFF::/7"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 244,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of IPv6 address refers to any unicast address that is assigned to multiple hosts? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  unique local",
            "2.  global unicast",
            "3.  link-local",
            "4.  anycast"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 245,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two types of IPv6 unicast addresses? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  multicast",
            "2.  loopback",
            "3.  link-local",
            "4.  anycast",
            "5.  broadcast"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 246,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich service provides dynamic global IPv6 addressing to end devices without using a server that keeps a record of available IPv6 addresses? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  stateful DHCPv6",
            "2.  SLAAC",
            "3.  static IPv6 addressing",
            "4.  stateless DHCPv6"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 247,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol supports Stateless Address Autoconfiguration (SLAAC) for dynamic assignment of IPv6 addresses to a host? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ARPv6",
            "2.  DHCPv6",
            "3.  ICMPv6",
            "4.  UDP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 248,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician uses the ping 127.0.0.1 command. What is the technician testing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the TCP/IP stack on a network host",
            "2.  connectivity between two adjacent Cisco devices",
            "3.  connectivity between a PC and the default gateway",
            "4.  connectivity between two PCs on the same network",
            "5.  physical connectivity of a particular PC and the network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 249,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator is trying to troubleshoot connectivity between PC1 and PC2 and uses the tracert command from PC1 to do it. Based on the displayed output, where should the administrator begin troubleshooting?\n<img src=\"./Images/250.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 6\" width=\"586\" height=\"342\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 11 – 13: IP Addressing - Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  PC2",
            "2.  R1",
            "3.  SW2",
            "4.  R2",
            "5.  SW1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 250,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol is used by the traceroute command to send and receive echo-requests and echo-replies? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SNMP",
            "2.  ICMP",
            "3.  Telnet",
            "4.  TCP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 251,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich ICMPv6 message is sent when the IPv6 hop limit field of a packet is decremented to zero and the packet cannot be forwarded? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  network unreachable",
            "2.  time exceeded",
            "3.  protocol unreachable",
            "4.  port unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 252,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user executes a traceroute over IPv6. At what point would a router in the path to the destination device drop the packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  when the value of the Hop Limit field reaches 255",
            "2.  when the value of the Hop Limit field reaches zero",
            "3.  when the router receives an ICMP time exceeded message",
            "4.  when the target host responds with an ICMP echo reply message"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 253,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of ICMP messages? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to inform routers about network topology changes",
            "2.  to ensure the delivery of an IP packet",
            "3.  to provide feedback of IP packet transmissions",
            "4.  to monitor the process of a domain name to IP address resolution"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 254,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat source IP address does a router use by default when the traceroute command is issued? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the highest configured IP address on the router",
            "2.  a loopback IP address",
            "3.  the IP address of the outbound interface",
            "4.  the lowest configured IP address on the router"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 255,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 192.135.250.103 command and receives a response that includes a code of 1. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  host unreachable",
            "2.  protocol unreachable",
            "3.  port unreachable",
            "4.  network unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 256,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich subnet would include the address 192.168.1.96 as a usable host address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.1.64/26",
            "2.  192.168.1.32/27",
            "3.  192.168.1.32/28",
            "4.  192.168.1.64/29"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 257,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a broadcast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  all hosts in the same subnet",
            "2.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "3.  the closest neighbor on the same network",
            "4.  all hosts on the Internet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 259,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a unicast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  one specific host",
            "2.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "3.  all hosts on the Internet",
            "4.  the closest neighbor on the same network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 260,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 2001:db8:FACE:39::10 command and receives a response that includes a code of 3. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  address unreachable",
            "2.  network unreachable",
            "3.  host unreachable",
            "4.  protocol unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 261,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a multicast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "2.  one specific host",
            "3.  all hosts with the same IP address",
            "4.  the closest neighbor on the same network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 262,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a multicast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "2.  one specific host",
            "3.  directly connected network devices",
            "4.  the closest neighbor on the same network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 263,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a multicast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "2.  one specific host",
            "3.  all hosts with the same IP address",
            "4.  all hosts on the Internet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 264,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a multicast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "2.  one specific host",
            "3.  directly connected network devices",
            "4.  all hosts on the Internet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 265,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a multicast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a specially defined group of hosts",
            "2.  all hosts in the same subnet",
            "3.  directly connected network devices",
            "4.  the closest neighbor on the same network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 266,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a broadcast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  all hosts in the same subnet",
            "2.  one specific host",
            "3.  the closest neighbor on the same network",
            "4.  directly connected network devices"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 267,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host is transmitting a broadcast. Which host or hosts will receive it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  all hosts in the same subnet",
            "2.  one specific host",
            "3.  all hosts on the Internet",
            "4.  directly connected network devices"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 268,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2001:0db8:0000:0000:0000:a0b0:0008:0001? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2001:db8::a0b0:8:1",
            "2.  2001:db8::ab8:1:0:1000",
            "3.  2001:db80:0:1::80:1",
            "4.  2001:db80:::1::80:1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 269,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address fe80:09ea:0000:2200:0000:0000:0fe0:0290? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  fe80:9ea:0:2200::fe0:290",
            "2.  fe80:9:20::b000:290",
            "3.  fe80:9ea0::2020:0:bf:e0:9290",
            "4.  fe80:9ea0::2020::bf:e0:9290"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 270,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2002:0042:0010:c400:0000:0000:0000:0909? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2002:42:10:c400::909",
            "2.  200:420:110:c4b::910:0:90",
            "3.  2002:4200::25:1090:0:99",
            "4.  2002:42::25:1090:0:99"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 271,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2001:0db8:0000:0000:0ab8:0001:0000:1000? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2001:db8::ab8:1:0:1000",
            "2.  2001:db8::a0b0:8:1",
            "3.  2001:db8:1::ab8:0:1",
            "4.  2001:db8:0:1::8:1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 272,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2002:0420:00c4:1008:0025:0190:0000:0990? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2002:420:c4:1008:25:190::990",
            "2.  2002:42:10:c400::909",
            "3.  2002:4200::25:1090:0:99",
            "4.  2002:42::25:1090:0:99"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 273,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2001:0db8:0000:0000:0000:a0b0:0008:0001? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2001:db8::a0b0:8:1",
            "2.  2001:db8:1::ab8:0:1",
            "3.  2001:db8::ab8:1:0:1000",
            "4.  2001:db8:0:1::8:1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 274,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address fe80:0000:0000:0000:0220:0b3f:f0e0:0029? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  fe80::220:b3f:f0e0:29",
            "2.  fe80:9ea:0:2200::fe0:290",
            "3.  fe80:9ea0::2020:0:bf:e0:9290",
            "4.  fe80:9ea0::2020::bf:e0:9290"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 275,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2001:0db8:0000:0000:0000:a0b0:0008:0001? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2001:db8::a0b0:8:1",
            "2.  2001:db8::ab8:1:0:1000",
            "3.  2001:db80:0:1::80:1",
            "4.  2001:db8:0:1::8:1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 276,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address 2002:0042:0010:c400:0000:0000:0000:0909? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  2002:42:10:c400::909",
            "2.  2002:4200::25:1090:0:99",
            "3.  2002:420:c4:1008:25:190::990",
            "4.  2002:42::25:1090:0:99"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 277,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is the compressed format of the IPv6 address fe80:09ea:0000:2200:0000:0000:0fe0:0290? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  fe80:9ea:0:2200::fe0:290",
            "2.  fe80:9ea0::2020:0:bf:e0:9290",
            "3.  fe80::220:b3f:f0e0:29",
            "4.  fe80::0220:0b3f:f0e0:0029"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 278,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 2001:db8:FACE:39::10 command and receives a response that includes a code of 2 . What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  beyond scope of the source address",
            "2.  communication with the destination administratively prohibited",
            "3.  address unreachable",
            "4.  no route to destination"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 279,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 192.135.250.103 command and receives a response that includes a code of 1. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  host unreachable",
            "2.  beyond scope of the source address",
            "3.  address unreachable",
            "4.  communication with the destination administratively prohibited"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 280,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping fe80:65ab:dcc1::100 command and receives a response that includes a code of 3. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  address unreachable",
            "2.  communication with the destination administratively prohibited",
            "3.  beyond scope of the source address",
            "4.  no route to destination"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 281,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 10.10.14.67 command and receives a response that includes a code of 0. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  network unreachable",
            "2.  protocol unreachable",
            "3.  port unreachable",
            "4.  host unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 282,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping fe80:65ab:dcc1::100 command and receives a response that includes a code of 4. What does this code represent?  ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port unreachable",
            "2.  host unreachable",
            "3.  protocol unreachable",
            "4.  network unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 283,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 198.133.219.8 command and receives a response that includes a code of 0. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  network unreachable",
            "2.  protocol unreachable",
            "3.  port unreachable",
            "4.  host unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 284,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 2001:db8:3040:114::88 command and receives a response that includes a code of 4. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port unreachable",
            "2.  host unreachable",
            "3.  protocol unreachable",
            "4.  network unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 285,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user issues a ping 2001:db8:FACE:39::10 command and receives a response that includes a code of 2. What does this code represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  beyond scope of the source address",
            "2.  host unreachable",
            "3.  protocol unreachable",
            "4.  network unreachable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 286,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m1c14t15 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich action is performed by a client when establishing communication with a server via the use of UDP at the transport layer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The client sets the window size for the session.",
            "2.  The client sends an ISN to the server to start the 3-way handshake.",
            "3.  The client randomly selects a source port number.",
            "4.  The client sends a synchronization segment to begin the session."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 287,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich transport layer feature is used to guarantee session establishment? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  UDP ACK flag",
            "2.  TCP 3-way handshake",
            "3.  UDP sequence number",
            "4.  TCP port number"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 288,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the complete range of TCP and UDP well-known ports? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0 to 255",
            "2.  0 to 1023",
            "3.  256 – 1023",
            "4.  1024 – 49151"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 289,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a socket? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the combination of the source and destination IP address and source and destination Ethernet address",
            "2.  the combination of a source IP address and port number or a destination IP address and port number",
            "3.  the combination of the source and destination sequence and acknowledgment numbers",
            "4.  the combination of the source and destination sequence numbers and port numbers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 290,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC is downloading a large file from a server. The TCP window is 1000 bytes. The server is sending the file using 100-byte segments. How many segments will the server send before it requires an acknowledgment from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1 segment",
            "2.  10 segment",
            "3.  100 segment",
            "4.  1000 segment"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 291,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich factor determines TCP window size? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the amount of data to be transmitted",
            "2.  the number of services included in the TCP segment",
            "3.  the amount of data the destination can process at one time",
            "4.  the amount of data the source is capable of sending at one time"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 292,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat does a client do when it has UDP datagrams to send? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It just sends the datagrams.",
            "2.  It queries the server to see if it is ready to receive data.",
            "3.  It sends a simplified three-way handshake to the server.",
            "4.  It sends to the server a segment with the SYN flag set to synchronize the conversation."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 293,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three fields are used in a UDP segment header? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Window Size",
            "2.  Length",
            "3.  Source Port",
            "4.  Acknowledgment Number",
            "5.  Checksum",
            "6.  Sequence Number"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 294,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two roles of the transport layer in data communication on a network? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  identifying the proper application for each communication stream",
            "2.  tracking the individual communication between applications on the source and destination hosts",
            "3.  providing frame delimiting to identify bits making up a frame",
            "4.  performing a cyclic redundancy check on the frame for errors",
            "5.  providing the interface between applications and the underlying network over which messages are transmitted"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 295,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat information is used by TCP to reassemble and reorder received segments? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port numbers",
            "2.  sequence numbers",
            "3.  acknowledgment numbers",
            "4.  fragment numbers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 296,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat important information is added to the TCP/IP transport layer header to ensure communication and connectivity with a remote network device? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  timing and synchronization",
            "2.  destination and source port numbers",
            "3.  destination and source physical addresses",
            "4.  destination and source logical network addresses"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 297,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two characteristics are associated with UDP sessions? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Destination devices receive traffic with minimal delay.",
            "2.  Transmitted data segments are tracked.",
            "3.  Destination devices reassemble messages and pass them to an application.",
            "4.  Received data is unacknowledged.",
            "5.  Unacknowledged data packets are retransmitted."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 298,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich flag in the TCP header is used in response to a received FIN in order to terminate connectivity between two network devices? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FIN",
            "2.  ACK",
            "3.  SYN",
            "4.  RST"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 299,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol or service uses UDP for a client-to-server communication and TCP for server-to-server communication? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  HTTP",
            "2.  FTP",
            "3.  DNS",
            "4.  SMTP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 300,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of UDP? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  UDP datagrams take the same path and arrive in the correct order at the destination.​",
            "2.  Applications that use UDP are always considered unreliable.​",
            "3.  UDP reassembles the received datagrams in the order they were received.",
            "4.  UDP only passes data to the network when the destination is ready to receive the data."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 301,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat kind of port must be requested from IANA in order to be used with a specific application? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  registered port",
            "2.  private port",
            "3.  dynamic port",
            "4.  source port"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 302,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three application layer protocols use TCP? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SMTP",
            "2.  FTP",
            "3.  SNMP",
            "4.  HTTP",
            "5.  TFTP",
            "6.  DHCP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 303,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three statements characterize UDP? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  UDP provides basic connectionless transport layer functions.",
            "2.  UDP provides connection-oriented, fast transport of data at Layer 3.",
            "3.  UDP relies on application layer protocols for error detection.",
            "4.  UDP is a low overhead protocol that does not provide sequencing or flow control mechanisms.",
            "5.  UDP relies on IP for error detection and recovery.",
            "6.  UDP provides sophisticated flow control mechanisms."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 304,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two fields are included in the TCP header but not in the UDP header? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  window",
            "2.  checksum",
            "3.  source port",
            "4.  destination port",
            "5.  sequence number"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 305,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich field in the TCP header indicates the status of the three-way handshake process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  window",
            "2.  reserved",
            "3.  checksum",
            "4.  control bits"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 306,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhy does HTTP use TCP as the transport layer protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to ensure the fastest possible download speed",
            "2.  because HTTP is a best-effort protocol",
            "3.  because transmission errors can be tolerated easily",
            "4.  because HTTP requires reliable delivery"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 307,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two types of applications are best suited for UDP? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  applications that need data flow control",
            "2.  applications that require reliable delivery",
            "3.  applications that handle reliability themselves",
            "4.  applications that need the reordering of segments",
            "5.  applications that can tolerate some data loss, but require little or no delay"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 308,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow are port numbers used in the TCP/IP encapsulation process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Source port numbers and destination port numbers are not necessary when UDP is the transport layer protocol being used for the communication.",
            "2.  Source port and destination port numbers are randomly generated.",
            "3.  If multiple conversations occur that are using the same service, the source port number is used to track the separate conversations.",
            "4.  Destination port numbers are assigned automatically and cannot be changed."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 309,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn what two situations would UDP be better than TCP as the preferred transport protocol? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  when applications need to guarantee that a packet arrives intact, in sequence, and unduplicated",
            "2.  when a faster delivery mechanism is needed",
            "3.  when delivery overhead is not an issue",
            "4.  when applications do not need to guarantee delivery of the data",
            "5.  when destination port numbers are dynamic"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 310,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are three responsibilities of the transport layer? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  meeting the reliability requirements of applications, if any",
            "2.  multiplexing multiple communication streams from many users or applications on the same network",
            "3.  identifying the applications and services on the client and server that should handle transmitted data",
            "4.  directing packets towards the destination network",
            "5.  formatting data into a compatible form for receipt by the destination devices",
            "6.  conducting error detection of the contents in frames"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 311,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three statements describe a DHCP Discover message? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The source MAC address is 48 ones (FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF).",
            "2.  The destination IP address is 255.255.255.255.",
            "3.  The message comes from a server offering an IP address.",
            "4.  The message comes from a client seeking an IP address.",
            "5.  All hosts receive the message, but only a DHCP server replies.",
            "6.  Only the DHCP server receives the message."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 312,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two protocols may devices use in the application process that sends email? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  HTTP",
            "2.  SMTP",
            "3.  POP",
            "4.  IMAP",
            "5.  DNS",
            "6.  POP3"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 313,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is true about the Server Message Block protocol? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Different SMB message types have a different format.",
            "2.  Clients establish a long term connection to servers.",
            "3.  SMB messages cannot authenticate a session.",
            "4.  SMB uses the FTP protocol for communication."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 314,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of the HTTP GET message? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to request an HTML page from a web server",
            "2.  to send error information from a web server to a web client",
            "3.  to upload content to a web server from a web client",
            "4.  to retrieve client email from an email server using TCP port 110"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 315,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich OSI layer provides the interface between the applications used to communicate and the underlying network over which messages are transmitted? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  application",
            "2.  presentation",
            "3.  session",
            "4.  transport"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 316,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich networking model is being used when an author uploads one chapter document to a file server of a book publisher? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  peer-to-peer",
            "2.  master-slave",
            "3.  client/server",
            "4.  point-to-point"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 317,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat do the client/server and peer-to-peer network models have in common? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Both models have dedicated servers.",
            "2.  Both models support devices in server and client roles.",
            "3.  Both models require the use of TCP/IP-based protocols.",
            "4.  Both models are used only in the wired network environment."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 318,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn what networking model would eDonkey, eMule, BitTorrent, Bitcoin, and LionShare be used? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  peer-to-peer",
            "2.  client-based",
            "3.  master-slave",
            "4.  point-to-point"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 319,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\n What is a common protocol that is used with peer-to-peer applications such as WireShare, Bearshare, and Shareaza? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Ethernet",
            "2.  Gnutella",
            "3.  POP",
            "4.  SMTP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 320,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a key characteristic of the peer-to-peer networking model? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  wireless networking",
            "2.  social networking without the Internet",
            "3.  network printing using a print server",
            "4.  resource sharing without a dedicated server"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 321,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nThe application layer of the TCP/IP model performs the functions of what three layers of the OSI model? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  physical",
            "2.  session",
            "3.  network",
            "4.  presentation",
            "5.  data link",
            "6.  transport",
            "7.  application"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3,
            6
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 322,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an example of network communication that uses the client-server model? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A user uses eMule to download a file that is shared by a friend after the file location is determined.",
            "2.  A workstation initiates an ARP to find the MAC address of a receiving host.",
            "3.  A user prints a document by using a printer that is attached to a workstation of a coworker.",
            "4.  A workstation initiates a DNS request when the user types www.cisco.com in the address bar of a web browser."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 323,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich layer in the TCP/IP model is used for formatting, compressing, and encrypting data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  internetwork",
            "2.  session",
            "3.  presentation",
            "4.  application",
            "5.  network access"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 324,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an advantage of SMB over FTP?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Only with SMB can data transfers occur in both directions.",
            "2.  Only SMB establishes two simultaneous connections with the client, making the data transfer faster.​",
            "3.  SMB is more reliable than FTP because SMB uses TCP and FTP uses UDP.​",
            "4.  SMB clients can establish a long-term connection to the server.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 325,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA manufacturing company subscribes to certain hosted services from its ISP. The services that are required include hosted world wide web, file transfer, and e-mail. Which protocols represent these three key applications? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FTP",
            "2.  HTTP",
            "3.  DNS",
            "4.  SNMP",
            "5.  DHCP",
            "6.  SMTP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 326,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich application layer protocol uses message types such as GET, PUT, and POST? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DNS",
            "2.  DHCP",
            "3.  SMTP",
            "4.  HTTP",
            "5.  POP3"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 327,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of information is contained in a DNS MX record? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the FQDN of the alias used to identify a service",
            "2.  the IP address for an FQDN entry",
            "3.  the domain name mapped to mail exchange servers",
            "4.  the IP address of an authoritative name server"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 328,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three protocols operate at the application layer of the TCP/IP model? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ARP",
            "2.  TCP",
            "3.  UDP",
            "4.  FTP",
            "5.  POP3",
            "6.  DHCP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 329,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol is used by a client to communicate securely with a web server? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SMTP",
            "2.  SMB",
            "3.  IMAP",
            "4.  HTTPS"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 330,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich applications or services allow hosts to act as client and server at the same time? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  client/server applications",
            "2.  email applications",
            "3.  P2P applications",
            "4.  authentication services"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 331,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two characteristics of peer-to-peer networks? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  scalability",
            "2.  one way data flow",
            "3.  decentralized resources",
            "4.  centralized user accounts",
            "5.  resource sharing without a dedicated server"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 332,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich scenario describes a function provided by the transport layer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A student is using a classroom VoIP phone to call home. The unique identifier burned into the phone is a transport layer address used to contact another network device on the same network.",
            "2.  A student is playing a short web-based movie with sound. The movie and sound are encoded within the transport layer header.",
            "3.  A student has two web browser windows open in order to access two web sites. The transport layer ensures the correct web page is delivered to the correct browser window.",
            "4.  A corporate worker is accessing a web server located on a corporate network. The transport layer formats the screen so the web page appears properly no matter what device is being used to view the web site."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 333,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three layers of the OSI model provide similar network services to those provided by the application layer of the TCP/IP model? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  physical layer",
            "2.  session layer",
            "3.  transport layer",
            "4.  application layer",
            "5.  presentation layer",
            "6.  data link layer"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 334,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received two packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  3001",
            "2.  6001",
            "3.  4500",
            "4.  6000"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 335,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received three packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  4501",
            "2.  6001",
            "3.  6000",
            "4.  4500"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 336,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received four packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  6001",
            "2.  3001",
            "3.  1501",
            "4.  1500"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 337,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received four packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  6001",
            "2.  3001",
            "3.  3000",
            "4.  1500"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 338,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received two packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  3001",
            "2.  4501",
            "3.  3000",
            "4.  1500"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 339,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received two packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  3001",
            "2.  4501",
            "3.  4500",
            "4.  1500"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 340,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received two packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  3001",
            "2.  6001",
            "3.  4500",
            "4.  3000"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 341,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received two packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  3001",
            "2.  6001",
            "3.  6000",
            "4.  3000"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 342,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received three packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  4501",
            "2.  6001",
            "3.  6000",
            "4.  3000"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 343,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA PC that is communicating with a web server has a TCP window size of 6,000 bytes when sending data and a packet size of 1,500 bytes. Which byte of information will the web server acknowledge after it has received three packets of data from the PC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  4501",
            "2.  6001",
            "3.  1500",
            "4.  4500"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 344,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting TFTP service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  69",
            "2.  67",
            "3.  53",
            "4.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 345,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting FTP service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  21",
            "2.  69",
            "3.  67",
            "4.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 346,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting SSH service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  22",
            "2.  69",
            "3.  67",
            "4.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 347,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting HTTP service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  80",
            "2.  67",
            "3.  53",
            "4.  69"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 348,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting POP3 service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  110",
            "2.  67",
            "3.  53",
            "4.  69"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 349,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting telnet service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  23",
            "2.  443",
            "3.  161",
            "4.  110"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 350,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting POP3 service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  110",
            "2.  443",
            "3.  161",
            "4.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 351,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting SNMP service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  161",
            "2.  443",
            "3.  110",
            "4.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 352,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting SMTP service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  25",
            "2.  443",
            "3.  161",
            "4.  110"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 353,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client creates a packet to send to a server. The client is requesting HTTPS service. What number will be used as the destination port number in the sending packet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  443",
            "2.  161",
            "3.  110",
            "4.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 354,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m1c16t17 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich component is designed to protect against unauthorized communications to and from a computer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  security center",
            "2.  port scanner",
            "3.  antimalware",
            "4.  antivirus",
            "5.  firewall"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 355,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command will block login attempts on RouterA for a period of 30 seconds if there are 2 failed login attempts within 10 seconds? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  RouterA(config)# login block-for 10 attempts 2 within 30",
            "2.  RouterA(config)# login block-for 30 attempts 2 within 10",
            "3.  RouterA(config)# login block-for 2 attempts 30 within 10",
            "4.  RouterA(config)# login block-for 30 attempts 10 within 2"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 356,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of the network security accounting function? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to require users to prove who they are",
            "2.  to determine which resources a user can access",
            "3.  to keep track of the actions of a user",
            "4.  to provide challenge and response questions"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 357,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of attack may involve the use of tools such as nslookup and fping? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access attack",
            "2.  reconnaissance attack",
            "3.  denial of service attack",
            "4.  worm attack"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 358,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich example of malicious code would be classified as a Trojan horse? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  malware that was written to look like a video game",
            "2.  malware that requires manual user intervention to spread between systems",
            "3.  malware that attaches itself to a legitimate program and spreads to other programs when launched",
            "4.  malware that can automatically spread from one system to another by exploiting a vulnerability in the target"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 359,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the difference between a virus and a worm? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Viruses self-replicate but worms do not.",
            "2.  Worms self-replicate but viruses do not.",
            "3.  Worms require a host file but viruses do not.",
            "4.  Viruses hide in legitimate programs but worms do not."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 360,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich attack involves a compromise of data that occurs between two end points? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  denial-of-service",
            "2.  man-in-the-middle attack",
            "3.  extraction of security parameters",
            "4.  username enumeration"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 361,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of attack involves an adversary attempting to gather information about a network to identify vulnerabilities? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  reconnaissance",
            "2.  DoS",
            "3.  dictionary",
            "4.  man-in-the-middle"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 362,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of the network security authentication function? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to require users to prove who they are",
            "2.  to determine which resources a user can access",
            "3.  to keep track of the actions of a user",
            "4.  to provide challenge and response questions"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 363,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich firewall feature is used to ensure that packets coming into a network are legitimate responses to requests initiated from internal hosts? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  stateful packet inspection",
            "2.  URL filtering",
            "3.  application filtering",
            "4.  packet filtering"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 364,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen applied to a router, which command would help mitigate brute-force password attacks against the router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  exec-timeout 30",
            "2.  service password-encryption",
            "3.  banner motd $Max failed logins = 5$",
            "4.  login block-for 60 attempts 5 within 60"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 365,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat feature of SSH makes it more secure than Telnet for a device management connection? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  confidentiality with IPsec",
            "2.  stronger password requirement",
            "3.  random one-time port connection",
            "4.  login information and data encryption"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 366,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the advantage of using SSH over Telnet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SSH is easier to use.",
            "2.  SSH operates faster than Telnet.",
            "3.  SSH provides secure communications to access hosts.",
            "4.  SSH supports authentication for a connection request."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 367,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the role of an IPS? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  detecting and blocking of attacks in real time",
            "2.  connecting global threat information to Cisco network security devices",
            "3.  authenticating and validating traffic",
            "4.  filtering of nefarious websites"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 368,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user is redesigning a network for a small company and wants to ensure security at a reasonable price. The user deploys a new application-aware firewall with intrusion detection capabilities on the ISP connection. The user installs a second firewall to separate the company network from the public network. Additionally, the user installs an IPS on the internal network of the company. What approach is the user implementing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  attack based",
            "2.  risk based",
            "3.  structured",
            "4.  layered"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 369,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an accurate description of redundancy? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  configuring a router with a complete MAC address database to ensure that all frames can be forwarded to the correct destination",
            "2.  configuring a switch with proper security to ensure that all traffic forwarded through an interface is filtered",
            "3.  designing a network to use multiple virtual devices to ensure that all traffic uses the best path through the internetwork",
            "4.  designing a network to use multiple paths between switches to ensure there is no single point of failure"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 370,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is upgrading a small business network to give high priority to real-time applications traffic. What two types of network services is the network administrator trying to accommodate? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  voice",
            "2.  video",
            "3.  instant messaging",
            "4.  FTP",
            "5.  SNMP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 371,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of a small company using a protocol analyzer utility to capture network traffic on the network segments where the company is considering a network upgrade? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to identify the source and destination of local network traffic",
            "2.  to capture the Internet connection bandwidth requirement",
            "3.  to document and analyze network traffic requirements on each network segment",
            "4.  to establish a baseline for security analysis after the network is upgraded"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 372,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator is testing connectivity to a remote device with the IP address 10.1.1.1. What does the output of this command indicate?\n<img src=\"./Images/373.jpg\" width=\"565\" height=\"112\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 16 – 17: Building and Securing a Small Network - Test Online 2\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 16 – 17: Building and Securing a Small Network - Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Connectivity to the remote device was successful.",
            "2.  A router along the path did not have a route to the destination.",
            "3.  A ping packet is being blocked by a security device along the path.",
            "4.  The connection timed out while waiting for a reply from the remote device."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 373,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich method is used to send a ping message specifying the source address for the ping? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Issue the ping command from within interface configuration mode.",
            "2.  Issue the ping command without specifying a destination IP address.",
            "3.  Issue the ping command without extended commands.",
            "4.  Issue the ping command after shutting down un-needed interfaces."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 374,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network engineer is analyzing reports from a recently performed network baseline. Which situation would depict a possible latency issue? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a change in the bandwidth according to the show interfaces output",
            "2.  a next-hop timeout from a traceroute",
            "3.  an increase in host-to-host ping response times",
            "4.  a change in the amount of RAM according to the show version output"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 375,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement is true about Cisco IOS ping indicators? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ‘!’ indicates that the ping was unsuccessful and that the device may have issues finding a DNS server.",
            "2.  ‘U’ may indicate that a router along the path did not contain a route to the destination address and that the ping was unsuccessful.",
            "3.  ‘.’ indicates that the ping was successful but the response time was longer than normal.",
            "4.  A combination of ‘.’ and ‘!’ indicates that a router along the path did not have a route to the destination address and responded with an ICMP unreachable message.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 376,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user reports a lack of network connectivity. The technician takes control of the user machine and attempts to ping other computers on the network and these pings fail. The technician pings the default gateway and that also fails. What can be determined for sure by the results of these tests? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The NIC in the PC is bad.",
            "2.  The TCP/IP protocol is not enabled.",
            "3.  The router that is attached to the same network as the workstation is down.",
            "4.  Nothing can be determined for sure at this point."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 377,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network technician issues the C:\\&gt; tracert -6 www.cisco.com command on a Windows PC. What is the purpose of the -6 command option? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It forces the trace to use IPv6.",
            "2.  It limits the trace to only 6 hops.",
            "3.  It sets a 6 milliseconds timeout for each replay.",
            "4.  It sends 6 probes within each TTL time period."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 378,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhy would a network administrator use the tracert utility? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to determine the active TCP connections on a PC",
            "2.  to check information about a DNS name in the DNS server",
            "3.  to identify where a packet was lost or delayed on a network",
            "4.  to display the IP address, default gateway, and DNS server address for a PC"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 379,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA ping fails when performed from router R1 to directly connected router R2. The network administrator then proceeds to issue the show cdp neighbors command. Why would the network administrator issue this command if the ping failed between the two routers? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The network administrator suspects a virus because the ping command did not work.",
            "2.  The network administrator wants to verify Layer 2 connectivity.",
            "3.  The network administrator wants to verify the IP address configured on router R2.",
            "4.  The network administrator wants to determine if connectivity can be established from a non-directly connected network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 380,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network engineer is troubleshooting connectivity issues among interconnected Cisco routers and switches. Which command should the engineer use to find the IP address information, host name, and IOS version of neighboring network devices? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show version",
            "2.  show ip route",
            "3.  show interfaces",
            "4.  show cdp neighbors detail"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 381,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat information about a Cisco router can be verified using the show version command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the routing protocol version that is enabled",
            "2.  the value of the configuration register",
            "3.  the operational status of serial interfaces",
            "4.  the administrative distance used to reach networks"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 382,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command should be used on a Cisco router or switch to allow log messages to be displayed on remotely connected sessions using Telnet or SSH? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  debug all",
            "2.  logging synchronous",
            "3.  show running-config​",
            "4.  terminal monitor"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 383,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command can an administrator issue on a Cisco router to send debug messages to the vty lines? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  terminal monitor",
            "2.  logging console",
            "3.  logging buffered",
            "4.  logging synchronous"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 384,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nBy following a structured troubleshooting approach, a network administrator identified a network issue after a conversation with the user. What is the next step that the administrator should take? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Verify full system functionality.",
            "2.  Test the theory to determine cause.",
            "3.  Establish a theory of probable causes.",
            "4.  Establish a plan of action to resolve the issue."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 385,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nUsers are complaining that they are unable to browse certain websites on the Internet. An administrator can successfully ping a web server via its IP address, but cannot browse to the domain name of the website. Which troubleshooting tool would be most useful in determining where the problem is? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  netstat",
            "2.  tracert",
            "3.  nslookup",
            "4.  ipconfig"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 386,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn employee complains that a Windows PC cannot connect to the Internet. A network technician issues the ipconfig command on the PC and is shown an IP address of 169.254.10.3. Which two conclusions can be drawn? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The PC cannot contact a DHCP server.",
            "2.  The DNS server address is misconfigured.",
            "3.  The default gateway address is not configured.",
            "4.  The PC is configured to obtain an IP address automatically.",
            "5.  The enterprise network is misconfigured for dynamic routing."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 387,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Host H3 is having trouble communicating with host H1. The network administrator suspects a problem exists with the H3 workstation and wants to prove that there is no problem with the R2 configuration. What tool could the network administrator use on router R2 to prove that communication exists to host H1 from the interface on R2, which is the interface that H3 uses when communicating with remote networks?\n<img src=\"./Images/388.jpg\" width=\"421\" height=\"256\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 16 – 17: Building and Securing a Small Network - Test Online 3\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 16 – 17: Building and Securing a Small Network - Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  traceroute",
            "2.  show cdp neighbors",
            "3.  Telnet",
            "4.  an extended ping"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 388,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Baseline documentation for a small company had ping round trip time statistics of 36/97/132 between hosts H1 and H3. Today the network administrator checked connectivity by pinging between hosts H1 and H3 that resulted in a round trip time of 1458/2390/6066. What does this indicate to the network administrator?\n<img src=\"./Images/389.jpg\" width=\"421\" height=\"256\" alt=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 16 – 17: Building and Securing a Small Network - Test Online 4\" title=\"CCNA 1 v7 Modules 16 – 17: Building and Securing a Small Network - Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Connectivity between H1 and H3 is fine.",
            "2.  H3 is not connected properly to the network.",
            "3.  Something is causing interference between H1 and R1.",
            "4.  Performance between the networks is within expected parameters.",
            "5.  Something is causing a time delay between the networks."
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 389,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich network service automatically assigns IP addresses to devices on the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP",
            "2.  Telnet",
            "3.  DNS",
            "4.  traceroute"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 390,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command can an administrator execute to determine what interface a router will use to reach remote networks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show arp",
            "2.  show interfaces",
            "3.  show ip route",
            "4.  show protocols"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 391,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOn which two interfaces or ports can security be improved by configuring executive timeouts? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Fast Ethernet interfaces",
            "2.  console ports",
            "3.  serial interfaces",
            "4.  vty ports",
            "5.  loopback interfaces"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 392,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen configuring SSH on a router to implement secure network management, a network engineer has issued the login local and transport input ssh line vty commands. What three additional configuration actions have to be performed to complete the SSH configuration? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Set the user privilege levels.",
            "2.  Generate the asymmetric RSA keys.",
            "3.  Configure the correct IP domain name.",
            "4.  Configure role-based CLI access.",
            "5.  Create a valid local username and password database.",
            "6.  Manually enable SSH after the RSA keys are generated."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 393,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is considered the most effective way to mitigate a worm attack? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Change system passwords every 30 days.",
            "2.  Ensure that all systems have the most current virus definitions.",
            "3.  Ensure that AAA is configured in the network.",
            "4.  Download security updates from the operating system vendor and patch all vulnerable systems."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 394,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes the ping and tracert commands? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Tracert shows each hop, while ping shows a destination reply only.",
            "2.  Tracert uses IP addresses; ping does not.",
            "3.  Both ping and tracert can show results in a graphical display.",
            "4.  Ping shows whether the transmission is successful; tracert does not."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 395,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is to document the current configurations of all network devices in a college, including those in off-site buildings. Which protocol would be best to use to securely access the network devices? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FTP",
            "2.  HTTP",
            "3.  SSH",
            "4.  Telnet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 396,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “WhatAreyouwaiting4” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "2.  It is weak because it is often the default password on new devices.",
            "3.  It is weak since it uses easily found personal information.",
            "4.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 398,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “pR3s!d7n&amp;0” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters.",
            "2.  It is weak because it is often the default password on new devices.",
            "3.  It is weak since it uses easily found personal information.",
            "4.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 399,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “5$7*4#033!” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is strong because it contains 10 numbers and special characters.",
            "2.  It is weak because it is often the default password on new devices.",
            "3.  It is weak since it uses easily found personal information.",
            "4.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 400,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “pR3s!d7n&amp;0” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters.",
            "2.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary.",
            "3.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "4.  It is strong because it contains 10 numbers and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 401,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “12345678!” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is weak because it uses a series of numbers or letters.",
            "2.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "3.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary.",
            "4.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 402,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “admin” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is weak because it is often the default password on new devices.",
            "2.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "3.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters.",
            "4.  It is strong because it contains 10 numbers and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 403,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “Feb121978” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is weak because it uses easily found personal information.",
            "2.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "3.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary.",
            "4.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 404,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “password” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is weak because it is a commonly used password.",
            "2.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary.",
            "3.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "4.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 405,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “RobErT” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is weak since it uses easily found personal information.",
            "2.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "3.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters.",
            "4.  It is strong because it contains 10 numbers and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 406,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator decides to use “Elizabeth” as the password on a newly installed router. Which statement applies to the password choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is weak because it uses easily found personal information.",
            "2.  It is strong because it uses a passphrase.",
            "3.  It is weak since it is a word that is easily found in the dictionary.",
            "4.  It is strong because it uses a minimum of 10 numbers, letters and special characters."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 407,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network technician is troubleshooting an issue and needs to verify the IP addresses of all interfaces on a router. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show ip interface brief",
            "2.  nslookup",
            "3.  ipconfig getifaddr en0",
            "4.  show ip route"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 408,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nStudents who are connected to the same switch are having slower than normal response times. The administrator suspects a duplex setting issue. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show interfaces",
            "2.  ipconfig getifaddr en0",
            "3.  copy running-config startup-config",
            "4.  show ip nat translations"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 409,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user wants to know the IP address of the PC. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ipconfig",
            "2.  copy running-config startup-config",
            "3.  show interfaces",
            "4.  show ip nat translations"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 410,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA student wants to save a router configuration to NVRAM. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  copy running-config startup-config",
            "2.  show interfaces",
            "3.  show ip nat translations",
            "4.  show ip route"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 411,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA support technician needs to know the IP address of the wireless interface on a MAC. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ipconfig getifaddr en0",
            "2.  copy running-config startup-config",
            "3.  show interfaces",
            "4.  show ip nat translations"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 412,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network technician is troubleshooting an issue and needs to verify all of the IPv6 interface addresses on a router. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show ipv6 interface",
            "2.  show interfaces",
            "3.  show ip nat translations",
            "4.  show ip route"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 413,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA teacher is having difficulties connecting his PC to the classroom network. He needs to verify that a default gateway is configured correctly. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ipconfig",
            "2.  copy running-config startup-config",
            "3.  show interfaces",
            "4.  show ip nat translations"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 414,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOnly employees connected to IPv6 interfaces are having difficulty connecting to remote networks. The analyst wants to verify that IPv6 routing has been enabled. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show running-config",
            "2.  show interfaces",
            "3.  copy running-config startup-config",
            "4.  show ip nat translations"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 415,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator is troubleshooting connectivity issues and needs to determine the IP address of a website. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  nslookup",
            "2.  show ipv6 route",
            "3.  show ipv6 interface",
            "4.  copy startup-config running-config"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 416,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOnly employees connected to IPv6 interfaces are having difficulty connecting to remote networks. The analyst wants to verify that IPv6 routing has been enabled. What is the best command to use to accomplish the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show running-config",
            "2.  show ipv6 route",
            "3.  show ipv6 interface",
            "4.  copy startup-config running-config"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 417,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m2c1t4 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich tasks can be accomplished by using the command history feature? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  View a list of commands entered in a previous session.",
            "2.  Recall up to 15 command lines by default.",
            "3.  Set the command history buffer size.",
            "4.  Recall previously entered commands.",
            "5.  Save command lines in a log file for future reference."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 418,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the first action in the boot sequence when a switch is powered on?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  load the default Cisco IOS software",
            "2.  load boot loader software",
            "3.  low-level CPU initialization",
            "4.  load a power-on self-test program"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 419,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat must an administrator have in order to reset a lost password on a router?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a TFTP server",
            "2.  a crossover cable",
            "3.  access to another router",
            "4.  physical access to the router"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 420,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen configuring a switch for SSH access, what other command that is associated with the login local command is required to be entered on the switch?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  enable secret password",
            "2.  password password",
            "3.  username username secret secret",
            "4.  login block-for seconds attempts number within*seconds*"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 421,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command displays information about the auto-MDIX setting for a specific interface?​\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show interfaces",
            "2.  show controllers",
            "3.  show processes",
            "4.  show running-config"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 422,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIf one end of an Ethernet connection is configured for full duplex and the other end of the connection is configured for half duplex, where would late collisions be observed?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  on both ends of the connection",
            "2.  on the full-duplex end of the connection",
            "3.  only on serial interfaces",
            "4.  on the half-duplex end of the connection"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 423,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command is used to set the BOOT environment variable that defines where to find the IOS image file on a switch?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  config-register",
            "2.  boot system",
            "3.  boot loader",
            "4.  confreg"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 424,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat does a switch use to locate and load the IOS image?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  BOOT environment variable",
            "2.  IOS image file",
            "3.  POST",
            "4.  startup-config",
            "5.  NVRAM"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 425,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol adds security to remote connections?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FTP",
            "2.  HTTP",
            "3.  NetBEUI",
            "4.  POP",
            "5.  SSH"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 426,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of an IPv4 loopback interface on a Cisco IOS router?​\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The no shutdown command is required to place this interface in an UP state.​",
            "2.  It is a logical interface internal to the router.",
            "3.  Only one loopback interface can be enabled on a router.​",
            "4.  It is assigned to a physical port and can be connected to other devices."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 427,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the minimum Ethernet frame size that will not be discarded by the receiver as a runt frame?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  64 bytes",
            "2.  512 bytes",
            "3.  1024 bytes",
            "4.  1500 bytes"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 428,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAfter which step of the switch bootup sequence is the boot loader executed?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  after CPU initialization",
            "2.  after IOS localization",
            "3.  after flash file system initialization",
            "4.  after POST execution"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 429,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich impact does adding a Layer 2 switch have on a network?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  an increase in the number of dropped frames",
            "2.  an increase in the size of the broadcast domain",
            "3.  an increase in the number of network collisions",
            "4.  an increase in the size of the collision domain"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 430,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich characteristic describes cut-through switching?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Error-free fragments are forwarded, so switching occurs with lower latency.",
            "2.  Frames are forwarded without any error checking.",
            "3.  Only outgoing frames are checked for errors.",
            "4.  Buffering is used to support different Ethernet speeds."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 431,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the significant difference between a hub and a Layer 2 LAN switch?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A hub extends a collision domain, and a switch divides collision domains.",
            "2.  A hub divides collision domains, and a switch divides broadcast domains.",
            "3.  Each port of a hub is a collision domain, and each port of a switch is a broadcast domain.",
            "4.  A hub forwards frames, and a switch forwards only packets."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 432,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement is correct about Ethernet switch frame forwarding decisions?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Frame forwarding decisions are based on MAC address and port mappings in the CAM table.",
            "2.  Cut-through frame forwarding ensures that invalid frames are always dropped.",
            "3.  Only frames with a broadcast destination address are forwarded out all active switch ports.",
            "4.  Unicast frames are always forwarded regardless of the destination MAC address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 433,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow do switch buffers affect network performance?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They provide error checking on the data received.",
            "2.  They store frames received, thus preventing premature frame discarding when network congestion occurs.",
            "3.  They provide extra memory for a particular port if autonegotiation of speed or duplex fails.",
            "4.  They hold data temporarily when a collision occurs until normal data transmission resumes."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 434,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich switch characteristic helps keep traffic local and alleviates network congestion?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  high port density",
            "2.  fast port speed",
            "3.  large frame buffers",
            "4.  fast internal switching"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 435,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich switch component reduces the amount of packet handling time inside the switch?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ASIC",
            "2.  dual processors",
            "3.  large buffer size",
            "4.  store-and-forward RAM"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 436,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat information is added to the switch table from incoming frames?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  source MAC address and incoming port number",
            "2.  destination MAC address and incoming port number",
            "3.  source IP address and incoming port number",
            "4.  destination IP address and incoming port number"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 437,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich switching method ensures that the incoming frame is error-free before forwarding?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cut-through",
            "2.  FCS",
            "3.  fragment free",
            "4.  store-and-forward"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 438,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. How many broadcast domains are displayed?\n<img src=\"./Images/439.jpg\" width=\"592\" height=\"425\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 1\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1",
            "2.  4",
            "3.  8",
            "4.  16",
            "5.  55"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 439,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nUnder which two occasions should an administrator disable DTP while managing a local area network? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  when connecting a Cisco switch to a non-Cisco switch",
            "2.  when a neighbor switch uses a DTP mode of dynamic auto",
            "3.  when a neighbor switch uses a DTP mode of dynamic desirable",
            "4.  on links that should not be trunking",
            "5.  on links that should dynamically attempt trunking"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 440,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two characteristics describe the native VLAN? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Designed to carry traffic that is generated by users, this type of VLAN is also known as the default VLAN.",
            "2.  The native VLAN traffic will be untagged across the trunk link.",
            "3.  This VLAN is necessary for remote management of a switch.",
            "4.  High priority traffic, such as voice traffic, uses the native VLAN.",
            "5.  The native VLAN provides a common identifier to both ends of a trunk."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 441,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOn a switch that is configured with multiple VLANs, which command will remove only VLAN 100 from the switch?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Switch# delete flash:vlan.dat",
            "2.  Switch(config-if)# no switchport access vlan 100",
            "3.  Switch(config-if)# no switchport trunk allowed vlan 100",
            "4.  Switch(config)# no vlan 100"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 442,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is reviewing port and VLAN assignments on switch S2 and notices that interfaces Gi0/1 and Gi0/2 are not included in the output. Why would the interfaces be missing from the output?\n<img src=\"./Images/443.jpg\" width=\"625\" height=\"390\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 2\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  There is a native VLAN mismatch between the switches.",
            "2.  There is no media connected to the interfaces.",
            "3.  They are administratively shut down.",
            "4.  They are configured as trunk interfaces."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 443,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network contains multiple VLANs spanning multiple switches. What happens when a device in VLAN 20 sends a broadcast Ethernet frame?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  All devices in all VLANs see the frame.",
            "2.  Devices in VLAN 20 and the management VLAN see the frame.",
            "3.  Only devices in VLAN 20 see the frame.",
            "4.  Only devices that are connected to the local switch see the frame."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 444,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. All workstations are configured correctly in VLAN 20. Workstations that are connected to switch SW1 are not able to send traffic to workstations on SW2. What could be done to remedy the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/445.jpg\" width=\"694\" height=\"320\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 3\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Allow VLAN 20 on the trunk link.",
            "2.  Enable DTP on both ends of the trunk.",
            "3.  Configure all workstations on SW1 to be part of the default VLAN.",
            "4.  Configure all workstations on SW2 to be part of the native VLAN."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 445,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat happens to switch ports after the VLAN to which they are assigned is deleted?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The ports are disabled.",
            "2.  The ports are placed in trunk mode.",
            "3.  The ports are assigned to VLAN1, the default VLAN.",
            "4.  The ports stop communicating with the attached devices."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 446,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. In what switch mode should port G0/1 be assigned if Cisco best practices are being used?\n<img src=\"./Images/447.jpg\" width=\"256\" height=\"252\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 4\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access",
            "2.  trunk",
            "3.  native",
            "4.  auto"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 447,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nPort Fa0/11 on a switch is assigned to VLAN 30. If the command no switchport access vlan 30 is entered on the Fa0/11 interface, what will happen?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Port Fa0/11 will be shutdown.",
            "2.  An error message would be displayed.",
            "3.  Port Fa0/11 will be returned to VLAN 1.",
            "4.  VLAN 30 will be deleted."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 448,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command displays the encapsulation type, the voice VLAN ID, and the access mode VLAN for the Fa0/1 interface?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show vlan brief",
            "2.  show interfaces Fa0/1 switchport",
            "3.  show mac address-table interface Fa0/1",
            "4.  show interfaces trunk"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 449,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A technician is programming switch SW3 to manage voice and data traffic through port Fa0/20. What, if anything, is wrong with the configuration?\n<img src=\"./Images/450.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 5\" width=\"398\" height=\"257\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  There is nothing wrong with the configuration.",
            "2.  Interface Fa0/20 can only have one VLAN assigned.",
            "3.  The mls qos trust cos command should reference VLAN 35.",
            "4.  The command used to assign the voice VLAN to the switch port is incorrect."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 450,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich four steps are needed to configure a voice VLAN on a switch port? (Choose four).\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Configure the interface as an IEEE 802.1Q trunk.",
            "2.  Assign the voice VLAN to the switch port.",
            "3.  Activate spanning-tree PortFast on the interface.",
            "4.  Ensure that voice traffic is trusted and tagged with a CoS priority value.",
            "5.  Add a voice VLAN.",
            "6.  Configure the switch port interface with subinterfaces.",
            "7.  Assign a data VLAN to the switch port.",
            "8.  Configure the switch port in access mode."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3,
            4,
            7
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 451,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. PC1 is unable to communicate with server 1. The network administrator issues the show interfaces trunk command to begin troubleshooting. What conclusion can be made based on the output of this command?\n<img src=\"./Images/452.jpg\" width=\"611\" height=\"231\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 6\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Interface G0/2 is not configured as a trunk.",
            "2.  VLAN 20 has not been created.",
            "3.  The encapsulation on interface G0/1 is incorrect.",
            "4.  The DTP mode is incorrectly set to dynamic auto on interface G0/1."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 452,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What is the cause of the error that is displayed in the configuration of inter-VLAN routing on router CiscoVille?\n<img src=\"./Images/453.jpg\" width=\"553\" height=\"212\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 7\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The gig0/0 interface does not support inter-VLAN routing.",
            "2.  The no shutdown command has not been configured.",
            "3.  The IP address on CiscoVille is incorrect.",
            "4.  The encapsulation dot1Q 20 command has not been configured.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 453,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured router CiscoVille with the above commands to provide inter-VLAN routing. What command will be required on a switch that is connected to the Gi0/0 interface on router CiscoVille to allow inter-VLAN routing?​\n<img src=\"./Images/454.jpg\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 8\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  switchport mode access",
            "2.  no switchport",
            "3.  switchport mode trunk",
            "4.  switchport mode dynamic desirable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 454,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA high school uses VLAN15 for the laboratory network and VLAN30 for the faculty network. What is required to enable communication between these two VLANs while using the router-on-a-stick approach?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A multilayer switch is needed.",
            "2.  A router with at least two LAN interfaces is needed.",
            "3.  Two groups of switches are needed, each with ports that are configured for one VLAN.",
            "4.  A switch with a port that is configured as a trunk is needed when connecting to the router."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 455,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen routing a large number of VLANs, what are two disadvantages of using the router-on-a-stick inter-VLAN routing method rather than the multilayer switch inter-VLAN routing method? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Multiple SVIs are needed.",
            "2.  A dedicated router is required.",
            "3.  Router-on-a-stick requires subinterfaces to be configured on the same subnets.",
            "4.  Router-on-a-stick requires multiple physical interfaces on a router.",
            "5.  Multiple subinterfaces may impact the traffic flow speed."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 456,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is verifying the configuration of inter-VLAN routing. Users complain that PCs on different VLANs cannot communicate. Based on the output, what are two configuration errors on switch interface Gi1/1? (Choose two.)\n<br>\n<img src=\"./Images/457.jpg\" width=\"611\" height=\"391\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 8\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 9\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Gi1/1 is in the default VLAN.",
            "2.  Voice VLAN is not assigned to Gi1/1.",
            "3.  Gi1/1 is configured as trunk mode.",
            "4.  Negotiation of trunking is turned on on Gi1/1.",
            "5.  The trunking encapsulation protocol is configured wrong."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 457,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is verifying the configuration of inter-VLAN routing. Users complain that PC2 cannot communicate with PC1. Based on the output, what is the possible cause of the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/458.jpg\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Gi0/0 is not configured as a trunk port.",
            "2.  The command interface GigabitEthernet0/0.5 was entered incorrectly.",
            "3.  There is no IP address configured on the interface Gi0/0.",
            "4.  The no shutdown command is not entered on subinterfaces.",
            "5.  The encapsulation dot1Q 5 command contains the wrong VLAN."
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 458,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured router CiscoVille with the above commands to provide inter-VLAN routing. What type of port will be required on a switch that is connected to Gi0/0 on router CiscoVille to allow inter-VLAN routing?<br>\n<img src=\"./Images/459.jpg\" width=\"768\" height=\"316\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 9\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 11\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  routed port",
            "2.  access port",
            "3.  trunk port",
            "4.  SVI"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 459,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring RT1 for inter-VLAN routing. The switch is configured correctly and is functional. Host1, Host2, and Host3 cannot communicate with each other. Based on the router configuration, what is causing the problem?<br>\n<img src=\"./Images/460.jpg\" width=\"569\" height=\"425\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 10\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 12\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Interface Fa0/0 is missing IP address configuration information.",
            "2.  IP addresses on the subinterfaces are incorrectly matched to the VLANs.",
            "3.  Each subinterface of Fa0/0 needs separate no shutdown commands.",
            "4.  Routers do not support 802.1Q encapsulation on subinterfaces."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 460,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A router-on-a-stick configuration was implemented for VLANs 15, 30, and 45, according to the show running-config command output. PCs on VLAN 45 that are using the 172.16.45.0 /24 network are having trouble connecting to PCs on VLAN 30 in the 172.16.30.0 /24 network. Which error is most likely causing this problem?​\n<img src=\"./Images/461.jpg\" width=\"338\" height=\"336\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 11\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 13\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The wrong VLAN has been configured on GigabitEthernet 0/0.45.",
            "2.  The command no shutdown is missing on GigabitEthernet 0/0.30.",
            "3.  The GigabitEthernet 0/0 interface is missing an IP address.",
            "4.  There is an incorrect IP address configured on GigabitEthernet 0/0.30."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 461,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of a routed port on a Layer 3 switch?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It supports trunking.",
            "2.  It is not assigned to a VLAN.",
            "3.  It is commonly used as a WAN link.",
            "4.  It cannot have an IP address assigned to it."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 462,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to configure router-on-a-stick for the networks that are shown. How many subinterfaces will have to be created on the router if each VLAN that is shown is to be routed and each VLAN has its own subinterface?<br>\n<img src=\"./Images/463.jpg\" width=\"311\" height=\"325\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 12\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 14\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1",
            "2.  2",
            "3.  3",
            "4.  4",
            "5.  5"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 463,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# mdix auto command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It automatically adjusts the port to allow device connections to use either a straight-through or a crossover cable.",
            "2.  It applies an IPv4 address to the virtual interface.",
            "3.  It applies an IPv6 address to the virtual interface.",
            "4.  It permits an IPv6 address to be configured on a switch physical interface.",
            "5.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 464,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# ip address 172.18.33.88 255.255.255.0 command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It applies an IPv4 address to the virtual interface.",
            "2.  It applies an IPv6 address to the virtual interface.",
            "3.  It activates a virtual or physical switch interface.",
            "4.  It permits an IPv6 address to be configured on a switch physical interface.",
            "5.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 465,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw# configure terminal command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It enters the global configuration mode.",
            "2.  It enters configuration mode for a switch virtual interface.",
            "3.  It applies an IPv4 address to the virtual interface.",
            "4.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port.",
            "5.  It permits an IPv6 address to be configured on a switch physical interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 466,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw# configure terminal command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It enters the global configuration mode.",
            "2.  It saves the running configuration to NVRAM.",
            "3.  It disables a virtual or physical switch interface.",
            "4.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port.",
            "5.  It saves the startup configuration to the running configuration."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 467,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# shutdown command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It disables a virtual or physical switch interface.",
            "2.  It saves the running configuration to NVRAM.",
            "3.  It activates a virtual or physical switch interface.",
            "4.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port.",
            "5.  It saves the startup configuration to the running configuration."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 468,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# shutdown command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It disables a virtual or physical switch interface.",
            "2.  It applies an IPv6 address to the virtual interface.",
            "3.  It applies an IPv4 address to the virtual interface.",
            "4.  It permits an IPv6 address to be configured on a switch physical interface.",
            "5.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 469,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# ipv6 address 2001:db8:a2b4:88::1/64 command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It applies an IPv6 address to the virtual interface.",
            "2.  It activates a virtual or physical switch interface.",
            "3.  It applies an IPv4 address to the virtual interface.",
            "4.  It permits an IPv6 address to be configured on a switch physical interface.",
            "5.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 470,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# exit command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It returns to global configuration mode.",
            "2.  It returns to privileged mode.",
            "3.  It configures the default gateway for the switch.",
            "4.  It enters user mode.",
            "5.  It saves the startup configuration to the running configuration."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 471,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw&gt; enable command?\n ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It enters privileged mode.",
            "2.  It enters the global configuration mode.",
            "3.  It enters configuration mode for a switch virtual interface.",
            "4.  It updates the MAC address table for the associated port.",
            "5.  It permits an IPv6 address to be configured on a switch physical interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 472,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring a new Cisco 2960 switch. What is the effect of issuing the BranchSw(config-if)# duplex full command?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It allows data to flow in both directions at the same time on the interface.",
            "2.  It allows data to flow in only one direction at a time on the interface",
            "3.  It automatically adjusts the port to allow device connections to use either a straight-through or a crossover cable.",
            "4.  It configures the switch as the default gateway.",
            "5.  It encrypts user-mode passwords when users connect remotely."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 473,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN should not carry voice and network management traffic?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  voice VLAN",
            "2.  data VLAN",
            "3.  management VLAN",
            "4.  security VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 474,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN should not carry voice and network management traffic?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  security VLAN",
            "2.  voice VLAN",
            "3.  data VLAN",
            "4.  trunk VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 475,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN is designed to reserve bandwidth to ensure IP Phone quality?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  security VLAN",
            "2.  management VLAN",
            "3.  trunk VLAN",
            "4.  voice VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 476,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN is initially the management VLAN?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  default VLAN",
            "2.  native VLAN",
            "3.  data VLAN",
            "4.  management VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 477,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN is designed to have a delay of less than 150 ms across the network?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  security VLAN",
            "2.  desirable VLAN",
            "3.  voice VLAN",
            "4.  trunk VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 478,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN is used to separate the network into groups of users or devices?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data VLAN",
            "2.  voice VLAN",
            "3.  management VLAN",
            "4.  native VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 479,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN is configured specifically for network traffic such as SSH, Telnet, HTTPS, HHTP, and SNMP?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  trunk VLAN",
            "2.  security VLAN",
            "3.  management VLAN",
            "4.  voice VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 480,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN is configured specifically for network traffic such as SSH, Telnet, HTTPS, HHTP, and SNMP?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  security VLAN",
            "2.  native VLAN",
            "3.  voice VLAN",
            "4.  management VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 481,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN supports untagged traffic?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  security VLAN",
            "2.  voice VLAN",
            "3.  native VLAN",
            "4.  management VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 482,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of VLAN supports untagged traffic?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  native VLAN",
            "2.  trunk VLAN",
            "3.  desirable VLAN",
            "4.  security VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 483,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured R1 as shown. When the administrator checks the status of the serial interface, the interface is shown as being administratively down. What additional command must be entered on the serial interface of R1 to bring the interface up?\n<img src=\"./Images/484.jpg\" width=\"520\" height=\"324\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 13\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 15\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  IPv6 enable",
            "2.  clockrate 128000",
            "3.  end",
            "4.  no shutdown"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 484,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The network administrator wants to configure Switch1 to allow SSH connections and prohibit Telnet connections. How should the network administrator change the displayed configuration to satisfy the requirement?\n<img src=\"./Images/485.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"96\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 14\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 16\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Use SSH version 1.",
            "2.  Reconfigure the RSA key.",
            "3.  Configure SSH on a different line.",
            "4.  Modify the transport input command."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 485,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich solution would help a college alleviate network congestion due to collisions?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a firewall that connects to two Internet providers",
            "2.  a high port density switch",
            "3.  a router with two Ethernet ports",
            "4.  a router with three Ethernet ports"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 486,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two statements are correct with respect to SVI inter-VLAN routing? (Choose two.)\n ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Switching packets is faster with SVI.",
            "2.  There is no need for a connection to a router.",
            "3.  Virtual interfaces support subinterfaces.",
            "4.  SVIs can be bundled into EtherChannels.",
            "5.  SVIs eliminate the need for a default gateway in the hosts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 487,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring inter-VLAN routing on a network. For now, only one VLAN is being used, but more will be added soon. What is the missing parameter that is shown as the highlighted question mark in the graphic?\n<img src=\"./Images/488.jpg\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 1 – 4: Switching Concepts, VLANs, and InterVLAN Routing Test Online 17\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It identifies the subinterface.",
            "2.  It identifies the VLAN number.",
            "3.  It identifies the native VLAN number.",
            "4.  It identifies the type of encapsulation that is used.",
            "5.  It identifies the number of hosts that are allowed on the interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 488,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of VLAN is used to designate which traffic is untagged when crossing a trunk port?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data",
            "2.  default",
            "3.  native",
            "4.  management"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 489,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator issues the show vlan brief command while troubleshooting a user support ticket. What output will be displayed?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the VLAN assignment and membership for device MAC addresses",
            "2.  the VLAN assignment and membership for all switch ports",
            "3.  the VLAN assignment and trunking encapsulation",
            "4.  the VLAN assignment and native VLAN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 490,
        "img": false
    },

]
const m2c5t6 = [{
        "question": "\nWhat additional information is contained in the 12-bit extended system ID of a BPDU?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  MAC address",
            "2.  VLAN ID",
            "3.  IP address",
            "4.  port ID"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 492,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nDuring the implementation of Spanning Tree Protocol, all switches are rebooted by the network administrator. What is the first step of the spanning-tree election process?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Each switch with a lower root ID than its neighbor will not send BPDUs.",
            "2.  All the switches send out BPDUs advertising themselves as the root bridge.",
            "3.  Each switch determines the best path to forward traffic.",
            "4.  Each switch determines what port to block to prevent a loop from occurring."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 493,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich STP port role is adopted by a switch port if there is no other port with a lower cost to the root bridge?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  designated port",
            "2.  root port",
            "3.  alternate",
            "4.  disabled port"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 494,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two concepts relate to a switch port that is intended to have only end devices attached and intended never to be used to connect to another switch? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  bridge ID",
            "2.  edge port",
            "3.  extended system ID",
            "4.  PortFast",
            "5.  PVST+"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 495,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three components are combined to form a bridge ID?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  extended system ID",
            "2.  cost",
            "3.  IP address",
            "4.  bridge priority",
            "5.  MAC address",
            "6.  port ID"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 496,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn which two port states does a switch learn MAC addresses and process BPDUs in a PVST network? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  disabled",
            "2.  forwarding",
            "3.  listening",
            "4.  blocking",
            "5.  learning"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 497,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIf no bridge priority is configured in PVST, which criteria is considered when electing the root bridge?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  lowest MAC address",
            "2.  lowest IP address",
            "3.  highest IP address",
            "4.  highest MAC address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 498,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen the show spanning-tree vlan 33 command is issued on a switch, three ports are shown in the forwarding state. In which two port roles could these interfaces function while in the forwarding state? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  alternate",
            "2.  designated",
            "3.  disabled",
            "4.  blocked",
            "5.  root"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 499,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of STP in a scalable network?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It decreases the size of the failure domain to contain the impact of failures.",
            "2.  It protects the edge of the enterprise network from malicious activity.",
            "3.  It combines multiple switch trunk links to act as one logical link for increased bandwidth.",
            "4.  It disables redundant paths to eliminate Layer 2 loops."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 500,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of spanning tree?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is enabled by default on Cisco switches.",
            "2.  It is used to discover information about an adjacent Cisco device.",
            "3.  It has a TTL mechanism that works at Layer 2.",
            "4.  It prevents propagation of Layer 2 broadcast frames."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 501,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich spanning tree standard supports only one root bridge so that traffic from all VLANs flows over the same path?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  PVST+",
            "2.  802.1D",
            "3.  MST",
            "4.  Rapid PVST"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 502,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  creates smaller collision domains",
            "2.  prevents routing loops on a router",
            "3.  prevents Layer 2 loops",
            "4.  allows Cisco devices to exchange routing table updates",
            "5.  creates smaller broadcast domains"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 503,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the value used to determine which port on a non-root bridge will become a root port in a STP network?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the path cost",
            "2.  the highest MAC address of all the ports in the switch",
            "3.  the lowest MAC address of all the ports in the switch",
            "4.  the VTP revision number"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 504,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which switch will be the root bridge after the election process is complete?\n<img src=\"./Images/505.jpg\" width=\"496\" height=\"382\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 1\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  S1",
            "2.  S2",
            "3.  S3",
            "4.  S4"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 505,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two drawbacks to turning spanning tree off and having multiple paths through the Layer 2 switch network? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The MAC address table becomes unstable.",
            "2.  The switch acts like a hub.",
            "3.  Port security becomes unstable.",
            "4.  Broadcast frames are transmitted indefinitely.",
            "5.  Port security shuts down all of the ports that have attached devices."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 506,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA small company network has six interconnected Layer 2 switches. Currently all switches are using the default bridge priority value. Which value can be used to configure the bridge priority of one of the switches to ensure that it becomes the root bridge in this design?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1",
            "2.  28672",
            "3.  32768",
            "4.  34816",
            "5.  61440"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 507,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The administrator tried to create an EtherChannel between S1 and the other two switches via the commands that are shown, but was unsuccessful. What is the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/508.jpg\" width=\"417\" height=\"236\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 2\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Traffic cannot be sent to two different switches through the same EtherChannel link.",
            "2.  Traffic cannot be sent to two different switches, but only to two different devices like an EtherChannel-enabled server and a switch.​",
            "3.  Traffic can only be sent to two different switches if EtherChannel is implemented on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces.​",
            "4.  Traffic can only be sent to two different switches if EtherChannel is implemented on Layer 3 switches.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 508,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement is true regarding the use of PAgP to create EtherChannels?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It requires full duplex.",
            "2.  It increases the number of ports that are participating in spanning tree.",
            "3.  It requires more physical links than LACP does.",
            "4.  It mandates that an even number of ports (2, 4, 6, etc.) be used for aggregation.",
            "5.  It is Cisco proprietary."
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 509,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two requirements to be able to configure an EtherChannel between two switches? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  All the interfaces need to work at the same speed.",
            "2.  All interfaces need to be assigned to different VLANs.",
            "3.  Different allowed ranges of VLANs must exist on each end.",
            "4.  All the interfaces need to be working in the same duplex mode.",
            "5.  The interfaces that are involved need to be contiguous on the switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 510,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. On the basis of the output that is shown, what can be determined about the EtherChannel bundle?\n<img src=\"./Images/511.jpg\" width=\"497\" height=\"324\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 3\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The EtherChannel bundle is down.",
            "2.  Two Gigabit Ethernet ports are used to form the EtherChannel.",
            "3.  A Cisco proprietary protocol was used to negotiate the EtherChannel link.",
            "4.  The EtherChannel bundle is operating at both Layer 2 and Layer 3."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 511,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two parameters must match on the ports of two switches to create a PAgP EtherChannel between the switches? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port ID",
            "2.  PAgP mode",
            "3.  MAC address",
            "4.  speed",
            "5.  VLAN information"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 512,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring an EtherChannel link between two switches, SW1 and SW2. Which statement describes the effect after the commands are issued on SW1 and SW2?\n<img src=\"./Images/513.jpg\" width=\"654\" height=\"306\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 4\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The EtherChannel is established after SW2 initiates the link request.",
            "2.  The EtherChannel is established after SW1 initiates the link request.",
            "3.  The EtherChannel is established without negotiation.",
            "4.  The EtherChannel fails to establish."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 513,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring an EtherChannel link between two switches, SW1 and SW2. However, the EtherChannel link fails to establish. What change in configuration would correct the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/514.jpg\" width=\"461\" height=\"343\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 5\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Configure SW2 EtherChannel mode to desirable.",
            "2.  Configure SW2 EtherChannel mode to on.",
            "3.  Configure SW1 EtherChannel mode to on.",
            "4.  Configure SW2 EtherChannel mode to auto."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 514,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nnetwork administrator configured an EtherChannel link with three interfaces between two switches. What is the result if one of the three interfaces is down?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The remaining two interfaces continue to load balance traffic.",
            "2.  The remaining two interfaces become separate links between the two switches.",
            "3.  One interface becomes an active link for data traffic and the other becomes a backup link.",
            "4.  The EtherChannel fails."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 515,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is configuring an EtherChannel link between switches SW1 and SW2 by using the command SW1(config-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode auto . Which command must be used on SW2 to enable this EtherChannel?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SW2(config-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode passive",
            "2.  SW2(config-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode desirable",
            "3.  SW2(config-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode on",
            "4.  SW2(config-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode active"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 516,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich technology is an open protocol standard that allows switches to automatically bundle physical ports into a single logical link?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  PAgP",
            "2.  LACP",
            "3.  Multilink PPP",
            "4.  DTP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 517,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a requirement to configure a trunking EtherChannel between two switches?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The allowed range of VLANs must be the same on both switches.",
            "2.  The participating interfaces must be assigned the same VLAN number on both switches.",
            "3.  The participating interfaces must be physically contiguous on a switch.",
            "4.  The participating interfaces must be on the same module on a switch."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 518,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two advantages of using LACP? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It allows directly connected switches to negotiate an EtherChannel link.",
            "2.  It eliminates the need for configuring trunk interfaces when deploying VLANs on multiple switches.",
            "3.  It decreases the amount of configuration that is needed on a switch.",
            "4.  It provides a simulated environment for testing link aggregation.",
            "5.  It allows the use of multivendor devices.",
            "6.  LACP allows Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet interfaces to be mixed within a single EtherChannel."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 519,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA switch is configured to run STP. What term describes a non-root port that is permitted to forward traffic on the network?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  root port",
            "2.  designated port",
            "3.  alternate port",
            "4.  disabled"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 520,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two advantages of EtherChannel? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Spanning Tree Protocol views the physical links in an EtherChannel as one logical connection.",
            "2.  Load balancing occurs between links configured as different EtherChannels.",
            "3.  Configuring the EtherChannel interface provides consistency in the configuration of the physical links.",
            "4.  Spanning Tree Protocol ensures redundancy by transitioning failed interfaces in an EtherChannel to a forwarding state.",
            "5.  EtherChannel uses upgraded physical links to provide increased bandwidth."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 521,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What are the possible port roles for ports A, B, C, and D in this RSTP-enabled network?\n<img src=\"./Images/522.jpg\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  alternate, designated, root, root",
            "2.  designated, alternate, root, root",
            "3.  alternate, root, designated, root",
            "4.  designated, root, alternate, root"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 522,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which switching technology would allow each access layer switch link to be aggregated to provide more bandwidth between each Layer 2 switch and the Layer 3 switch?\n<img src=\"./Images/523.jpg\" width=\"228\" height=\"171\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 6\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  trunking",
            "2.  HSRP",
            "3.  PortFast",
            "4.  EtherChannel"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 523,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator wants to form an EtherChannel between the two switches by using the Port Aggregation Protocol. If switch S1 is configured to be in auto mode, which mode should be configured on S2 to form the EtherChannel?\n<img src=\"./Images/524.jpg\" width=\"400\" height=\"85\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 7\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 8\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  auto",
            "2.  on",
            "3.  off",
            "4.  desirable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 524,
        "img": true
    },

    {
        "question": "\nA set of switches is being connected in a LAN topology. Which STP bridge priority value will make it least likely for the switch to be selected as the root?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  65535",
            "2.  4096",
            "3.  32768",
            "4.  61440"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 526,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn which two PVST+ port states are MAC addresses learned? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  learning",
            "2.  forwarding",
            "3.  disabled",
            "4.  listening",
            "5.  blocking"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 527,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich port role is assigned to the switch port that has the lowest cost to reach the root bridge?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  designated port",
            "2.  disabled port",
            "3.  root port",
            "4.  non-designated port"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 528,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA switch is configured to run STP. What term describes the switch port closest, in terms of overall cost, to the root bridge\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  root port",
            "2.  designated port",
            "3.  alternate port",
            "4.  disabled"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 529,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA switch is configured to run STP. What term describes a field used to specify a VLAN ID?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  extended system ID",
            "2.  port ID",
            "3.  bridge priority",
            "4.  bridge ID"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 530,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA switch is configured to run STP. What term describes the reference point for all path calculations?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  root bridge",
            "2.  root port",
            "3.  designated port",
            "4.  alternate port"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 531,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA switch is configured to run STP. What term describes a field that has a default value of 32,768 and is the initial deciding factor when electing a root bridge?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  bridge priority",
            "2.  MAC Address",
            "3.  extended system ID",
            "4.  bridge ID"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 532,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes an EtherChannel implementation?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  EtherChannel operates only at Layer 2.",
            "2.  PAgP cannot be used in conjunction with EtherChannel.",
            "3.  A trunked port can be part of an EtherChannel bundle.",
            "4.  EtherChannel can support up to a maximum of ten separate links."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 533,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator issued the show etherchannel summary command on the switch S1. What conclusion can be drawn?\n<img src=\"./Images/534.jpg\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The EtherChannel is suspended.",
            "2.  The EtherChannel is not functional.",
            "3.  The port aggregation protocol PAgP is misconfigured.",
            "4.  FastEthernet ports Fa0/1, Fa0/2, and Fa0/3 do not join the EtherChannel."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 534,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes a characteristic of EtherChannel?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It can combine up to a maximum of 4 physical links.",
            "2.  It can bundle mixed types of 100 Mb/s and 1Gb/s Ethernet links.",
            "3.  It consists of multiple parallel links between a switch and a router.",
            "4.  It is made by combining multiple physical links that are seen as one link between two switches."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 535,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two channel group modes would place an interface in a negotiating state using PAgP? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  on",
            "2.  desirable",
            "3.  active",
            "4.  auto",
            "5.  passive"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 536,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich mode configuration setting would allow formation of an EtherChannel link between switches SW1 and SW2 without sending negotiation traffic? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SW1: on SW2: on",
            "2.  SW1: desirable SW2: desirable",
            "3.  SW1: auto SW2: auto trunking enabled on both switches",
            "4.  SW1: auto SW2: auto PortFast enabled on both switches",
            "5.  SW1: passive SW2: active"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 537,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An EtherChannel was configured between switches S1 and S2, but the interfaces do not form an EtherChannel. What is the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/538.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 9\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 5 – 6: Redundant Networks Test Online 11\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The interface port-channel number has to be different on each switch.",
            "2.  The switch ports were not configured with speed and duplex mode.",
            "3.  The switch ports have to be configured as access ports with each port having a VLAN assigned.​",
            "4.  The EtherChannel was not configured with the same allowed range of VLANs on each interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 538,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen EtherChannel is configured, which mode will force an interface into a port channel without exchanging aggregation protocol packets?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  active",
            "2.  auto",
            "3.  on",
            "4.  desirable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 539,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two load-balancing methods in the EtherChannel technology? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  combination of source port and IP to destination port and IP",
            "2.  source IP to destination IP",
            "3.  source port to destination port",
            "4.  combination of source MAC and IP to destination MAC and IP",
            "5.  source MAC to destination MAC"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 540,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol provides up to 16 instances of RSTP, combines many VLANs with the same physical and logical topology into a common RSTP instance, and provides support for PortFast, BPDU guard, BPDU filter, root guard, and loop guard?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  STP",
            "2.  Rapid PVST+",
            "3.  PVST+",
            "4.  MST"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 541,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the outcome of a Layer 2 broadcast storm?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Routers will take over the forwarding of frames as switches become congested.",
            "2.  New traffic is discarded by the switch because it is unable to be processed.",
            "3.  CSMA/CD will cause each host to continue transmitting frames.",
            "4.  ARP broadcast requests are returned to the transmitting host."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 542,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two network design features require Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) to ensure correct network operation? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  static default routes",
            "2.  implementing VLANs to contain broadcasts",
            "3.  redundant links between Layer 2 switches",
            "4.  link-state dynamic routing that provides redundant routes",
            "5.  removing single points of failure with multiple Layer 2 switches"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 543,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator has configured an EtherChannel between two switches that are connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the trunk links changes to a down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.",
            "2.  Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.",
            "3.  The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.",
            "4.  The EtherChannel will remain functional."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 544,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m2c7t9 = [{
        "question": "\nA DHCP-enabled client PC has just booted. During which two steps will the client PC use broadcast messages when communicating with a DHCP server? (Choose two.)\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCPDISCOVER",
            "2.  DHCPACK",
            "3.  DHCPOFFER",
            "4.  DHCPREQUEST",
            "5.  DHCPNAK"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 545,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator issues the commands:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Router(config)# interface g0/1\nRouter(config-if)# ip address dhcp<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat is the administrator trying to achieve?\n",
        "answers": [
            "1.  configuring the router to act as a DHCPv4 server",
            "2.  configuring the router to obtain IP parameters from a DHCPv4 server",
            "3.  configuring the router to act as a relay agent",
            "4.  configuring the router to resolve IP address conflicts"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 546,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen a client is requesting an initial address lease from a DHCP server, why is the DHCPREQUEST message sent as a broadcast? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The client does not yet know the IP address of the DHCP server that sent the offer.",
            "2.  The DHCP server may be on a different subnet, so the request must be sent as a broadcast.",
            "3.  The client does not have a MAC address assigned yet, so it cannot send a unicast message at Layer 2.",
            "4.  The client may have received offers from multiple servers, and the broadcast serves to implicitly decline those other offers."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 547,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich DHCP IPv4 message contains the following information?\nDestination address: 255.255.255.255\nClient IPv4 address: 0.0.0.0\nDefault gateway address: 0.0.0.0\nSubnet mask: 0.0.0.0 ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCPACK",
            "2.  DHCPDISCOVER",
            "3.  DHCPOFFER",
            "4.  DHCPREQUEST"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 548,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol automates assignment of IP addresses on a network, and which port number does it use? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP",
            "2.  DNS",
            "3.  SMB",
            "4.  53",
            "5.  67",
            "6.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 549,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. PC1 is configured to obtain a dynamic IP address from the DHCP server. PC1 has been shut down for two weeks. When PC1 boots and tries to request an available IP address, which destination IP address will PC1 place in the IP header?\n<img src=\"./Images/550.jpg\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.1.1",
            "2.  192.168.1.255",
            "3.  255.255.255.255",
            "4.  192.168.1.8"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 550,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich message does an IPv4 host use to reply when it receives a DHCPOFFER message from a DHCP server? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCPOFFER",
            "2.  DHCPDISCOVER",
            "3.  DHCPREQUEST",
            "4.  DHCPACK"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 551,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command, when issued in the interface configuration mode of a router, enables the interface to acquire an IPv4 address automatically from an ISP, when that link to the ISP is enabled? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  service dhcp",
            "2.  ip address dhcp",
            "3.  ip helper-address",
            "4.  ip dhcp pool"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 552,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich kind of message is sent by a DHCP client when its IP address lease has expired?​  ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a DHCPDISCOVER unicast message​",
            "2.  a DHCPREQUEST broadcast message​",
            "3.  a DHCPREQUEST unicast message​",
            "4.  a DHCPDISCOVER broadcast message"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 553,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA host PC is attempting to lease an address through DHCP. What message is sent by the server to let the client know it is able to use the provided IP information? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCPDISCOVER",
            "2.  DHCPOFFER",
            "3.  DHCPREQUEST",
            "4.  DHCPACK",
            "5.  DHCPNACK"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 554,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is one indication that a Windows computer did not receive an IPv4 address from a DHCP server? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The computer cannot ping 127.0.0.1.",
            "2.  The computer receives an IP address that starts with 169.254.",
            "3.  Windows displays a DHCP timeout message.",
            "4.  The computer cannot ping other devices on the same network with IP addresses in the 169.254.0.0/16 range."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 555,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich DHCPv4 message will a client send to accept an IPv4 address that is offered by a DHCP server? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  broadcast DHCPACK",
            "2.  broadcast DHCPREQUEST",
            "3.  unicast DHCPACK",
            "4.  unicast DHCPREQUEST"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 556,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA small coffee shop is offering free Wi-Fi to customers. The network includes a wireless router and a DSL modem that is connected to the local phone company. What method is typically used to configure the connection to the phone company? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Set the WAN connection in the wireless router as a DHCP client.",
            "2.  Set the connection between the wireless router and the DSL modem as a private IP network.",
            "3.  Set the DSL modem as a DHCP client to get a public IP address from the wireless router.",
            "4.  Set the DSL modem as a DHCP client to the phone company and a DHCP server for the internal connection."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 557,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA company uses DHCP to manage IP address deployment for employee workstations. The IT department deploys multiple DHCP servers in the data center and uses DHCP relay agents to facilitate the DHCP requests from workstations. Which two UDP ports are used to forward DHCP traffic? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  23",
            "2.  53",
            "3.  67",
            "4.  68",
            "5.  80"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 558,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA client device on an Ethernet segment needs an IP address in order to communicate on the network. A DHCP server with IP address 192.168.1.1 has been configured and enabled on the network. How will a client device obtain a usable IP address for this network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Send a DHCPACK packet to the default gateway address.",
            "2.  Use a statically configured IP address from the pool of IP addresses that is offered by the DHCP server.",
            "3.  Send a DHCPDISCOVER message to physical address FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF.",
            "4.  Send a DHCPREQUEST packet to IP address 255.255.255.255."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 559,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an advantage of configuring a Cisco router as a relay agent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It can provide relay services for multiple UDP services.",
            "2.  It reduces the response time from a DHCP server.",
            "3.  It can forward both broadcast and multicast messages on behalf of clients.",
            "4.  It will allow DHCPDISCOVER messages to pass without alteration."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 560,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement is true about DHCP operation?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  When a device that is configured to use DHCP boots, the client broadcasts a DHCPDISCOVER message to identify any available DHCP servers on the network.​",
            "2.  A client must wait for lease expiration before it sends another DHCPREQUEST message.​",
            "3.  If the client receives several DHCPOFFER messages from different servers, it sends a unicast DHCPREQUEST message to the server from which it chooses to obtain the IP information.",
            "4.  The DHCPDISCOVER message contains the IP address and subnet mask to be assigned, the IP address of the DNS server, and the IP address of the default gateway.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 561,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator configures a router to send RA messages with M flag as 0 and O flag as 1. Which statement describes the effect of this configuration when a PC tries to configure its IPv6 address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It should contact a DHCPv6 server for the prefix, the prefix-length information, and an interface ID that is both random and unique.",
            "2.  It should use the information that is contained in the RA message and contact a DHCPv6 server for additional information.",
            "3.  It should use the information that is contained in the RA message exclusively.",
            "4.  It should contact a DHCPv6 server for all the information that it needs."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 562,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What should be done to allow PC-A to receive an IPv6 address from the DHCPv6 server?\n<img src=\"./Images/563.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 1\" width=\"690\" height=\"279\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Add the ipv6 dhcp relay command to interface Fa0/0.",
            "2.  Change the ipv6 nd managed-config-flag command to ipv6 nd other-config-flag.",
            "3.  Configure the ipv6 nd managed-config-flag command on interface Fa0/1.",
            "4.  Add the IPv6 address 2001:DB8:1234:5678::10/64 to the interface configuration of the DHCPv6 server."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 563,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is implementing the stateless DHCPv6 operation for the company. Clients are configuring IPv6 addresses as expected. However, the clients are not getting the DNS server address and the domain name information configured in the DHCP pool. What could be the cause of the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/564.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 2\" width=\"530\" height=\"327\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The DNS server address is not on the same network as the clients are on.",
            "2.  The router is configured for SLAAC operation.",
            "3.  The GigabitEthernet interface is not activated.",
            "4.  The clients cannot communicate with the DHCPv6 server, evidenced by the number of active clients being 0."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 564,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA company uses the SLAAC method to configure IPv6 addresses for the employee workstations. Which address will a client use as its default gateway?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the global unicast address of the router interface that is attached to the network",
            "2.  the unique local address of the router interface that is attached to the network",
            "3.  the all-routers multicast address",
            "4.  the link-local address of the router interface that is attached to the network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 565,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring a router for DHCPv6 operation. Which conclusion can be drawn based on the commands?\n<img src=\"./Images/566.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 3\" width=\"528\" height=\"229\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The router is configured for stateful DHCPv6 operation, but the DHCP pool configuration is incomplete.",
            "2.  The DHCPv6 server name is ACAD_CLASS.",
            "3.  Clients would configure the interface IDs above 0010.",
            "4.  The router is configured for stateless DHCPv6 operation."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 566,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by different first-hop router redundancy protocols. Which statement describes a feature that is associated with HSRP? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  HSRP uses active and standby routers.",
            "2.  HSRP is nonproprietary.",
            "3.  It allows load balancing between a group of redundant routers.",
            "4.  It uses ICMP messages in order to assign the default gateway to hosts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 567,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What protocol can be configured on gateway routers R1 and R2 that will allow traffic from the internal LAN to be load balanced across the two gateways to the Internet?\n<img src=\"./Images/568.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 4\" width=\"534\" height=\"202\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  GLBP",
            "2.  PVST+",
            "3.  PVST",
            "4.  STP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 568,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network engineer is troubleshooting host connectivity on a LAN that uses a first hop redundancy protocol. Which IPv4 gateway address should be configured on the host?\n<img src=\"./Images/569.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 5\" width=\"500\" height=\"355\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.2.0",
            "2.  192.168.2.1",
            "3.  192.168.2.2",
            "4.  192.168.2.100"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 569,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which destination MAC address is used when frames are sent from the workstation to the default gateway?\n<img src=\"./Images/570.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 563px) 100vw, 563px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 6\" width=\"563\" height=\"390\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  MAC address of the virtual router",
            "2.  MAC address of the standby router",
            "3.  MAC addresses of both the forwarding and standby routers",
            "4.  MAC address of the forwarding router"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 570,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich FHRP implementation is a Cisco-proprietary protocol that suppports IPv4 load sharing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  IRDP",
            "2.  GLBP",
            "3.  VRRPv3",
            "4.  GLBP for IPv6"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 571,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nThe address pool of a DHCP server is configured with 10.92.71.0/25. The network administrator reserves 8 IP addresses for servers. How many IP addresses are left in the pool to be assigned to other hosts? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  122",
            "2.  118",
            "3.  119",
            "4.  108",
            "5.  116"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 572,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAfter a host has generated an IPv6 address by using the DHCPv6 or SLAAC process, how does the host verify that the address is unique and therefore usable? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The host sends an ICMPv6 echo request message to the DHCPv6 or SLAAC-learned address and if no reply is returned, the address is considered unique.",
            "2.  The host sends an ICMPv6 neighbor solicitation message to the DHCP or SLAAC-learned address and if no neighbor advertisement is returned, the address is considered unique.",
            "3.  The host checks the local neighbor cache for the learned address and if the address is not cached, it it considered unique.",
            "4.  The host sends an ARP broadcast to the local link and if no hosts send a reply, the address is considered unique."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 573,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes HSRP?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is used within a group of routers for selecting an active device and a standby device to provide gateway services to a LAN.",
            "2.  It uses ICMP to allow IPv4 hosts to locate routers that provide IPv4 connectivity to remote IP networks.​",
            "3.  If the virtual router master fails, one router is elected as the virtual router master with the other routers acting as backups.",
            "4.  It is an open standard protocol."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 574,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nThe address pool of a DHCP server is configured with 192.168.234.0/27. The network administrator reserves 22 IP addresses for IP phones. How many IP addresses are left in the pool to be assigned to other hosts? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10",
            "2.  0",
            "3.  8",
            "4.  21",
            "5.  18"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 576,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA company uses DHCP servers to dynamically assign IPv4 addresses to employee workstations. The address lease duration is set as 5 days. An employee returns to the office after an absence of one week. When the employee boots the workstation, it sends a message to obtain an IP address. Which Layer 2 and Layer 3 destination addresses will the message contain? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  both MAC and IPv4 addresses of the DHCP server",
            "2.  FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF and IPv4 address of the DHCP server",
            "3.  FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF and 255.255.255.255",
            "4.  MAC address of the DHCP server and 255.255.255.255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 577,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command will allow a network administrator to check the IP address that is assigned to a particular MAC address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Router# show running-config I section_dhcp",
            "2.  Router# show ip dhcp server statistics",
            "3.  Router# show ip dhcp binding",
            "4.  Router# show ip dhcp pool"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 578,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the reason that an ISP commonly assigns a DHCP address to a wireless router in a SOHO environment? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  better network performance",
            "2.  better connectivity",
            "3.  easy IP address management",
            "4.  easy configuration on ISP firewall"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 579,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat information can be verified through the show ip dhcp binding command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the IPv4 addresses that are assigned to hosts by the DHCP server",
            "2.  that DHCPv4 discover messages are still being received by the DHCP server",
            "3.  the IPv4 addresses that have been excluded from the DHCPv4 pool",
            "4.  the number of IP addresses remaining in the DHCP pool"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 580,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the result of a network technician issuing the command ip dhcp excluded-address 10.0.15.1 10.0.15.15 on a Cisco router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The Cisco router will exclude only the 10.0.15.1 and 10.0.15.15 IP addresses from being leased to DHCP clients.",
            "2.  The Cisco router will exclude 15 IP addresses from being leased to DHCP clients.",
            "3.  The Cisco router will automatically create a DHCP pool using a /28 mask.",
            "4.  The Cisco router will allow only the specified IP addresses to be leased to clients."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 581,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Based on the output that is shown, what kind of IPv6 addressing is being configured?\n<div id=\"attachment_38040\" src=\"./Images/582.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 - 9: Available and Reliable Networks Exam Answers\" width=\"363\" height=\"266\" aria-describedby=\"caption-attachment-38040\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 8\"></div> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  stateless DHCPv6",
            "2.  SLAAC",
            "3.  static link-local",
            "4.  stateful DHCPv6"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 582,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich FHRP implementation is a Cisco-proprietary protocol that suppports IPv6 load balancing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  GLBP",
            "2.  GLBP for IPv6",
            "3.  VRRPv3",
            "4.  VRRPv2"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 583,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich set of commands will configure a router as a DHCP server that will assign IPv4 addresses to the 192.168.100.0/23 LAN while reserving the first 10 and the last addresses for static assignment? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.100.1 192.168.100.9 ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.101.254 ip dhcp pool LAN-POOL-100 ip network 192.168.100.0 255.255.254.0 ip default-gateway 192.168.100.1",
            "2.  dhcp pool LAN-POOL-100 ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.100.1 192.168.100.9 ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.100.254 network 192.168.100.0 255.255.254.0 default-router 192.168.101.1",
            "3.  ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.100.1 192.168.100.10 ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.100.254 ip dhcp pool LAN-POOL-100 network 192.168.100.0 255.255.255.0 ip default-gateway 192.168.100.1",
            "4.  ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.100.1 192.168.100.10 ip dhcp excluded-address 192.168.101.254 ip dhcp pool LAN-POOL-100 network 192.168.100.0 255.255.254.0 default-router 192.168.100.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 584,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a result when the DHCP servers are not operational in a network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Workstations are assigned with the IP address 127.0.0.1.",
            "2.  Workstations are assigned with IP addresses in the 10.0.0.0/8 network.",
            "3.  Workstations are assigned with IP addresses in the 169.254.0.0/16 network.",
            "4.  Workstations are assigned with the IP address 0.0.0.0."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 585,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA company uses the method SLAAC to configure IPv6 addresses for the workstations of the employees. A network administrator configured the IPv6 address on the LAN interface of the router. The interface status is UP. However, the workstations on the LAN segment did not obtain the correct prefix and prefix length. What else should be configured on the router that is attached to the LAN segment for the workstations to obtain the information?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R1(config)# ipv6 dhcp pool",
            "2.  R1(config-if)# ipv6 enable",
            "3.  R1(config)# ipv6 unicast-routing",
            "4.  R1(config-if)# ipv6 nd other-config-flag"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 586,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich FHRP implementation is a nonproprietary protocol which relies on ICMP to provide IPv4 redundancy? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  VRRPv3",
            "2.  GLBP for IPv6",
            "3.  IRDP",
            "4.  GLBP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 587,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. PC-A is unable to receive an IPv6 address from the stateful DHCPv6 server. What is the problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/588.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 7\" width=\"696\" height=\"283\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 9\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The ipv6 dhcp relay command should be applied to interface Gig0/0.",
            "2.  The ipv6 nd managed-config-flag should be applied to interface Gig0/1.",
            "3.  The ipv6 dhcp relay command should use the link-local address of the DHCP server.",
            "4.  The ipv6 nd managed-config-flag command should be ipv6 nd other-config-flag."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 588,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring a router as a DHCPv6 server. The administrator issues a show ipv6 dhcp pool command to verify the configuration. Which statement explains the reason that the number of active clients is 0?\n<img src=\"./Images/589.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 8\" width=\"532\" height=\"342\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 7 – 9: Available and Reliable Networks Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The default gateway address is not provided in the pool.",
            "2.  No clients have communicated with the DHCPv6 server yet.",
            "3.  The IPv6 DHCP pool configuration has no IPv6 address range specified.",
            "4.  The state is not maintained by the DHCPv6 server under stateless DHCPv6 operation."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 589,
        "img": true
    }
]
const m2c10t13 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich Layer 2 attack will result in legitimate users not getting valid IP addresses? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ARP spoofing",
            "2.  DHCP starvation",
            "3.  IP address spoofing",
            "4.  MAC address flooding"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 590,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat mitigation plan is best for thwarting a DoS attack that is creating a MAC address table overflow? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Disable DTP.",
            "2.  Disable STP.",
            "3.  Enable port security.",
            "4.  Place unused ports in an unused VLAN."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 591,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three Cisco products focus on endpoint security solutions? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  IPS Sensor Appliance",
            "2.  Web Security Appliance",
            "3.  Email Security Appliance",
            "4.  SSL/IPsec VPN Appliance",
            "5.  Adaptive Security Appliance",
            "6.  NAC Appliance"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 592,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nTrue or False?\nIn the 802.1X standard, the client attempting to access the network is referred to as the supplicant. ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  true",
            "2.  false"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 593,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich authentication method stores usernames and passwords in the router and is ideal for small networks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  server-based AAA over TACACS+",
            "2.  local AAA over RADIUS",
            "3.  server-based AAA",
            "4.  local AAA over TACACS+",
            "5.  local AAA",
            "6.  server-based AAA over RADIUS"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 594,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat represents a best practice concerning discovery protocols such as CDP and LLDP on network devices? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Enable CDP on edge devices, and enable LLDP on interior devices.",
            "2.  Use the open standard LLDP rather than CDP.",
            "3.  Use the default router settings for CDP and LLDP.",
            "4.  Disable both protocols on all interfaces where they are not required."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 595,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol should be used to mitigate the vulnerability of using Telnet to remotely manage network devices? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SNMP",
            "2.  TFTP",
            "3.  SSH",
            "4.  SCP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 596,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes the behavior of a switch when the MAC address table is full? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It treats frames as unknown unicast and floods all incoming frames to all ports on the switch.",
            "2.  It treats frames as unknown unicast and floods all incoming frames to all ports across multiple switches.",
            "3.  It treats frames as unknown unicast and floods all incoming frames to all ports within the local VLAN.",
            "4.  It treats frames as unknown unicast and floods all incoming frames to all ports within the collision domain."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 597,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat device is considered a supplicant during the 802.1X authentication process? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the router that is serving as the default gateway",
            "2.  the authentication server that is performing client authentication",
            "3.  the client that is requesting authentication",
            "4.  the switch that is controlling network access"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 598,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Port Fa0/2 has already been configured appropriately. The IP phone and PC work properly. Which switch configuration would be most appropriate for port Fa0/2 if the network administrator has the following goals?\n<img src=\"./Images/599.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 1\" width=\"241\" height=\"160\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 1\">\nNo one is allowed to disconnect the IP phone or the PC and connect some other wired device.\nIf a different device is connected, port Fa0/2 is shut down.\nThe switch should automatically detect the MAC address of the IP phone and the PC and add those addresses to the running configuration. ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky",
            "2.  SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security maximum 2 SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security violation restrict",
            "3.  SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security maximum 2",
            "4.  SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security maximum 2 SWA(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 599,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Port security has been configured on the Fa 0/12 interface of switch S1. What action will occur when PC1 is attached to switch S1 with the applied configuration?\n<img src=\"./Images/600.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 458px) 100vw, 458px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 2\" width=\"458\" height=\"190\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Frames from PC1 will be forwarded since the switchport port-security violation command is missing.",
            "2.  Frames from PC1 will be forwarded to its destination, and a log entry will be created.",
            "3.  Frames from PC1 will be forwarded to its destination, but a log entry will not be created.",
            "4.  Frames from PC1 will cause the interface to shut down immediately, and a log entry will be made.",
            "5.  Frames from PC1 will be dropped, and there will be no log of the violation.",
            "6.  Frames from PC1 will be dropped, and a log message will be created."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 600,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of VLAN-hopping attack may be prevented by designating an unused VLAN as the native VLAN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP spoofing",
            "2.  DHCP starvation",
            "3.  VLAN double-tagging",
            "4.  DTP spoofing"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 601,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is configuring DAI on a switch with the command ip arp inspection validate src-mac. What is the purpose of this configuration command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It checks the source MAC address in the Ethernet header against the user-configured ARP ACLs.",
            "2.  It checks the source MAC address in the Ethernet header against the MAC address table.",
            "3.  It checks the source MAC address in the Ethernet header against the sender MAC address in the ARP body.",
            "4.  It checks the source MAC address in the Ethernet header against the target MAC address in the ARP body."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 602,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two commands can be used to enable BPDU guard on a switch? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  S1(config)# spanning-tree bpduguard default",
            "2.  S1(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard",
            "3.  S1(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default",
            "4.  S1(config-if)# enable spanning-tree bpduguard",
            "5.  S1(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard enable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 603,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAs part of the new security policy, all switches on the network are configured to automatically learn MAC addresses for each port. All running configurations are saved at the start and close of every business day. A severe thunderstorm causes an extended power outage several hours after the close of business. When the switches are brought back online, the dynamically learned MAC addresses are retained. Which port security configuration enabled this? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  auto secure MAC addresses",
            "2.  dynamic secure MAC addresses",
            "3.  static secure MAC addresses",
            "4.  sticky secure MAC addresses"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 604,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of management frame may regularly be broadcast by an AP? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  authentication",
            "2.  probe request",
            "3.  probe response",
            "4.  beacon"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 605,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are the two methods that are used by a wireless NIC to discover an AP? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  delivering a broadcast frame",
            "2.  receiving a broadcast beacon frame",
            "3.  initiating a three-way handshake",
            "4.  sending an ARP request",
            "5.  transmitting a probe request"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 606,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is configuring the channel on a wireless router to either 1, 6, or 11. What is the purpose of adjusting the channel? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to enable different 802.11 standards",
            "2.  to avoid interference from nearby wireless devices",
            "3.  to disable broadcasting of the SSID",
            "4.  to provide stronger security modes"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 607,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhile attending a conference, participants are using laptops for network connectivity. When a guest speaker attempts to connect to the network, the laptop fails to display any available wireless networks. The access point must be operating in which mode? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  mixed",
            "2.  passive",
            "3.  active",
            "4.  open"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 608,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is required to upgrade wireless access to end users in a building. To provide data rates up to 1.3 Gb/s and still be backward compatible with older devices, which wireless standard should be implemented? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  802.11n",
            "2.  802.11ac",
            "3.  802.11g",
            "4.  802.11b"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 609,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is about to install and configure a wireless network at a small branch office. What is the first security measure the technician should apply immediately upon powering up the wireless router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Enable MAC address filtering on the wireless router.",
            "2.  Configure encryption on the wireless router and the connected wireless devices.",
            "3.  Change the default user-name and password of the wireless router.",
            "4.  Disable the wireless network SSID broadcast."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 610,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOn a Cisco 3504 WLC dashboard, which option provides access to the full menu of features? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Access Points",
            "2.  Network Summary",
            "3.  Advanced",
            "4.  Rogues"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 611,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich step is required before creating a new WLAN on a Cisco 3500 series WLC? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Create a new SSID.",
            "2.  Build or have an SNMP server available.",
            "3.  Build or have a RADIUS server available.",
            "4.  Create a new VLAN interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 612,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is using the latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services such as streaming video, the wireless network performance is poor. To improve performance the network engineer decides to configure a 5 Ghz frequency band SSID and train users to use that SSID for streaming media services. Why might this solution improve the wireless network performance for that type of service? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and will result in fewer users accessing these services.",
            "2.  The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which makes it more suited to streaming multimedia.",
            "3.  The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.",
            "4.  The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs, which will reduce usage."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 613,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is configuring a RADIUS server connection on a Cisco 3500 series WLC. The configuration requires a shared secret password. What is the purpose for the shared secret password? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is used by the RADIUS server to authenticate WLAN users.",
            "2.  It is used to authenticate and encrypt user data on the WLAN.",
            "3.  It is used to encrypt the messages between the WLC and the RADIUS server.",
            "4.  It allows users to authenticate and access the WLAN."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 614,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three parameters would need to be changed if best practices are being implemented for a home wireless AP? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  wireless client operating system password",
            "2.  antenna frequency",
            "3.  wireless network password",
            "4.  wireless beacon time",
            "5.  AP password",
            "6.  SSID"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 615,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich access control component, implementation, or protocol is based upon usernames and passwords? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  802.1X",
            "2.  accounting",
            "3.  authentication",
            "4.  authorization"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 616,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of wireless network is based on the 802.11 standard and a 2.4-GHz or 5-GHz radio frequency? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  wireless metropolitan-area network",
            "2.  wireless wide-area network",
            "3.  wireless local-area network",
            "4.  wireless personal-area network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 617,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two Cisco solutions help prevent DHCP starvation attacks? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP Snooping",
            "2.  IP Source Guard",
            "3.  Dynamic ARP Inspection",
            "4.  Port Security",
            "5.  Web Security Appliance"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 618,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are three techniques for mitigating VLAN attacks? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Enable trunking manually.",
            "2.  Disable DTP.",
            "3.  Enable Source Guard.",
            "4.  Set the native VLAN to an unused VLAN.",
            "5.  Use private VLANs.",
            "6.  Enable BPDU guard."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 619,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What can be determined about port security from the information that is shown?\n<img src=\"./Images/620.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 3\" width=\"453\" height=\"236\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The port has the maximum number of MAC addresses that is supported by a Layer 2 switch port which is configured for port security.",
            "2.  The port has been shut down.",
            "3.  The port violation mode is the default for any port that has port security enabled.",
            "4.  The port has two attached devices."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 620,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator of a college is configuring the WLAN user authentication process. Wireless users are required to enter username and password credentials that will be verified by a server. Which server would provide such service? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  AAA",
            "2.  NAT",
            "3.  RADIUS",
            "4.  SNMP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 621,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is troubleshooting a slow WLAN that consists of 802.11b and 802.11g devices . A new 802.11n/ac dual-band router has been deployed on the network to replace the old 802.11g router. What can the technician do to address the slow wireless speed? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Split the wireless traffic between the 802.11n 2.4 GHz band and the 5 GHz band.",
            "2.  Update the firmware on the new router.",
            "3.  Configure devices to use a different channel.",
            "4.  Change the SSID."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 622,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nThe company handbook states that employees cannot have microwave ovens in their offices. Instead, all employees must use the microwave ovens located in the employee cafeteria. What wireless security risk is the company trying to avoid? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  improperly configured devices",
            "2.  rogue access points",
            "3.  accidental interference",
            "4.  interception of data"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 623,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function provided by CAPWAP protocol in a corporate wireless network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  CAPWAP creates a tunnel on Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) ports in order to allow a WLC to configure an autonomous access point.",
            "2.  CAPWAP provides the encapsulation and forwarding of wireless user traffic between an access point and a wireless LAN controller.",
            "3.  CAPWAP provides connectivity between an access point using IPv6 addressing and a wireless client using IPv4 addressing.",
            "4.  CAPWAP provides the encryption of wireless user traffic between an access point and a wireless client."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 624,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two protocols that are used by AAA to authenticate users against a central database of usernames and password? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SSH",
            "2.  HTTPS",
            "3.  TACACS+",
            "4.  RADIUS",
            "5.  CHAP",
            "6.  NTP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 626,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the result of a DHCP starvation attack? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The attacker provides incorrect DNS and default gateway information to clients.",
            "2.  The IP addresses assigned to legitimate clients are hijacked.",
            "3.  Clients receive IP address assignments from a rogue DHCP server.",
            "4.  Legitimate clients are unable to lease IP addresses."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 627,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich feature or configuration on a switch makes it vulnerable to VLAN double-tagging attacks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the limited size of content-addressable memory space",
            "2.  the automatic trunking port feature enabled for all ports by default",
            "3.  the native VLAN of the trunking port being the same as a user VLAN",
            "4.  mixed duplex mode enabled for all ports by default"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 628,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich component of AAA allows an administrator to track individuals who access network resources and any changes that are made to those resources? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  authentication",
            "2.  accounting",
            "3.  accessibility",
            "4.  authorization"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 629,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. PC1 and PC2 should be able to obtain IP address assignments from the DHCP server. How many ports among switches should be assigned as trusted ports as part of the DHCP snooping configuration?\n<img src=\"./Images/630.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 4\" width=\"477\" height=\"353\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  1",
            "2.  3",
            "3.  5",
            "4.  7"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 630,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn IT security specialist enables port security on a switch port of a Cisco switch. What is the default violation mode in use until the switch port is configured to use a different violation mode? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  shutdown",
            "2.  disabled",
            "3.  restrict",
            "4.  protect"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 631,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA laptop cannot connect to a wireless access point. Which two troubleshooting steps should be taken first? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Ensure that the correct network media is selected.",
            "2.  Ensure that the laptop antenna is attached.",
            "3.  Ensure that the wireless NIC is enabled.",
            "4.  Ensure that the wireless SSID is chosen.",
            "5.  Ensure that the NIC is configured for the proper frequency."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 632,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an advantage of SSID cloaking?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Clients will have to manually identify the SSID to connect to the network.​",
            "2.  It is the best way to secure a wireless network.",
            "3.  SSIDs are very difficult to discover because APs do not broadcast them.​",
            "4.  It provides free Internet access in public locations where knowing the SSID is of no concern."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 633,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a wireless security mode that requires a RADIUS server to authenticate wireless users?\npersonal ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  personal",
            "2.  shared key",
            "3.  enterprise",
            "4.  WEP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 634,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA company has recently implemented an 802.11n wireless network. Some users are complaining that the wireless network is too slow. Which solution is the best method to enhance the performance of the wireless network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Disable DHCP on the access point and assign static addresses to the wireless clients.",
            "2.  Upgrade the firmware on the wireless access point.",
            "3.  Split the traffic between the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands.",
            "4.  Replace the wireless NICs on the computers that are experiencing slow connections."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 635,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol can be used to monitor the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP",
            "2.  SNMP",
            "3.  RADIUS",
            "4.  AAA"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 636,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator deploys a wireless router in a small law firm. Employee laptops join the WLAN and receive IP addresses in the 10.0.10.0/24 network. Which service is used on the wireless router to allow the employee laptops to access the internet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP",
            "2.  RADIUS",
            "3.  DNS",
            "4.  NAT"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 637,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich service can be used on a wireless router to prioritize network traffic among different types of applications so that voice and video data are prioritized over email and web data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  QoS",
            "2.  DNS",
            "3.  DHCP",
            "4.  NAT"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 638,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich access control component, implementation, or protocol is based on device roles of supplicant, authenticator, and authentication server? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  accounting",
            "2.  authentication",
            "3.  authorization",
            "4.  802.1X"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 639,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of wireless network is suitable for national and global communications? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  wireless metropolitan-area network",
            "2.  wireless local-area network",
            "3.  wireless personal-area network",
            "4.  wireless wide-area network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 640,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich feature on a switch makes it vulnerable to VLAN hopping attacks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the mixed duplex mode enabled for all ports by default",
            "2.  the limited size of content-addressable memory space",
            "3.  mixed port bandwidth support enabled for all ports by default",
            "4.  the automatic trunking port feature enabled for all ports by default"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 641,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich component of AAA is used to determine which resources a user can access and which operations the user is allowed to perform? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  accounting",
            "2.  authentication",
            "3.  auditing",
            "4.  authorization"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 642,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The Fa0/2 interface on switch S1 has been configured with the switchport port-security mac-address 0023.189d.6456 command and a workstation has been connected. What could be the reason that the Fa0/2 interface is shutdown?\n<div src=\"./Images/643.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 - 13: L2 Security and WLANs Exam Answers 55\" width=\"592\" height=\"266\" aria-describedby=\"caption-attachment-38132\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 10 – 13: L2 Security and WLANs Test Online 6\"></div> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The Fa0/24 interface of S1 is configured with the same MAC address as the Fa0/2 interface.",
            "2.  The connection between S1 and PC1 is via a crossover cable.",
            "3.  S1 has been configured with a switchport port-security aging command.",
            "4.  The MAC address of PC1 that connects to the Fa0/2 interface is not the configured MAC address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 643,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator enters the following commands on the switch SW1.\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">SW1(config)# interface range fa0/5 - 10\nSW1(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping limit rate 6<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat is the effect after these commands are entered? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  If any of the FastEthernet ports 5 through 10 receive more than 6 DHCP messages per second, the port will be shut down.",
            "2.  FastEthernet ports 5 through 10 can receive up to 6 DHCP messages per second of any type.",
            "3.  If any of the FastEthernet ports 5 through 10 receive more than 6 DHCP messages per second, the port will continue to operate and an error message will be sent to the network administrator.",
            "4.  FastEthernet ports 5 through 10 can receive up to 6 DHCP discovery messages per second."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 644,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is configuring port security on a Cisco switch. The company security policy specifies that when a violation occurs, packets with unknown source addresses should be dropped and no notification should be sent. Which violation mode should be configured on the interfaces? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  off",
            "2.  restrict",
            "3.  protect",
            "4.  shutdown"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 645,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is working to improve WLAN performance on a dual-band wireless router. What is a simple way to achieve a split-the-traffic result? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Add a Wi-Fi range extender to the WLAN and set the AP and the range extender to serve different bands.",
            "2.  Check and keep the firmware of the wireless router updated.",
            "3.  Make sure that different SSIDs are used for the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands.",
            "4.  Require all wireless devices to use the 802.11n standard."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 646,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich access control component, implementation, or protocol controls what users can do on the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  accounting",
            "2.  802.1X",
            "3.  authorization",
            "4.  authentication"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 647,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of wireless network is suitable for providing wireless access to a city or district? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  wireless wide-area network",
            "2.  wireless personal-area network",
            "3.  wireless local-area network",
            "4.  wireless metropolitan-area network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 648,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOn a Cisco 3504 WLC Summary page ( Advanced &gt; Summary ), which tab allows a network administrator to access and configure a WLAN for a specific security option such as WPA2? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  MANAGEMENT",
            "2.  WIRELESS",
            "3.  WLANs",
            "4.  SECURITY"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 649,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of wireless antenna is best suited for providing coverage in large open spaces, such as hallways or large conference rooms? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Yagi",
            "2.  omnidirectional",
            "3.  dish",
            "4.  directional"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 650,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat two IEEE 802.11 wireless standards operate only in the 5 GHz range? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  802.11g",
            "2.  802.11ad",
            "3.  802.11ac",
            "4.  802.11a",
            "5.  802.11n",
            "6.  802.11b"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 651,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat security benefit is gained from enabling BPDU guard on PortFast enabled interfaces? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  preventing buffer overflow attacks",
            "2.  preventing rogue switches from being added to the network",
            "3.  protecting against Layer 2 loops",
            "4.  enforcing the placement of root bridges"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 652,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich access control component, implementation, or protocol logs EXEC and configuration commands configured by a user? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  authentication",
            "2.  authorization",
            "3.  802.1X",
            "4.  accounting"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 653,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of wireless network uses transmitters to provide coverage over an extensive geographic area? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  wireless metropolitan-area network",
            "2.  wireless local-area network",
            "3.  wireless personal-area network",
            "4.  wireless wide-area network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 654,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich access control component, implementation, or protocol controls who is permitted to access a network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  authorization",
            "2.  802.1X",
            "3.  accounting",
            "4.  authentication"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 655,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat two IEEE 802.11 wireless standards operate only in the 5 GHz range? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  802.11g",
            "2.  802.11ad",
            "3.  802.11ac",
            "4.  802.11a",
            "5.  802.11n",
            "6.  802.11b"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 656,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m2c14t16 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich feature on a Cisco router permits the forwarding of traffic for which there is no specific route? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  next-hop",
            "2.  gateway of last resort",
            "3.  route source",
            "4.  outgoing interface"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 657,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three advantages are provided by static routing? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Static routing does not advertise over the network, thus providing better security.",
            "2.  Configuration of static routes is error-free.",
            "3.  Static routes scale well as the network grows.",
            "4.  Static routing typically uses less network bandwidth and fewer CPU operations than dynamic routing does.",
            "5.  The path a static route uses to send data is known.",
            "6.  No intervention is required to maintain changing route information."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 658,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two functions of dynamic routing protocols? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to maintain routing tables",
            "2.  to assure low router overhead",
            "3.  to avoid exposing network information",
            "4.  to discover the network",
            "5.  to choose the path that is specified by the administrator"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 659,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is an advantage of using dynamic routing protocols instead of static routing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  easier to implement",
            "2.  more secure in controlling routing updates",
            "3.  fewer router resource overhead requirements",
            "4.  ability to actively search for new routes if the current path becomes unavailable​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 660,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat happens to a static route entry in a routing table when the outgoing interface associated with that route goes into the down state? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The static route is removed from the routing table.",
            "2.  The router polls neighbors for a replacement route.",
            "3.  The router automatically redirects the static route to use another interface.",
            "4.  The static route remains in the table because it was defined as static."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 661,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of a static route that matches all packets? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It uses a single network address to send multiple static routes to one destination address.",
            "2.  It identifies the gateway IP address to which the router sends all IP packets for which it does not have a learned or static route.",
            "3.  It backs up a route already discovered by a dynamic routing protocol.",
            "4.  It is configured with a higher administrative distance than the original dynamic routing protocol has."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 662,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen would it be more beneficial to use a dynamic routing protocol instead of static routing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  in an organization where routers suffer from performance issues",
            "2.  on a stub network that has a single exit point",
            "3.  in an organization with a smaller network that is not expected to grow in size",
            "4.  on a network where there is a lot of topology changes"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 663,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich route would be used to forward a packet with a source IP address of 192.168.10.1 and a destination IP address of 10.1.1.1? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  C 192.168.10.0/30 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1",
            "2.  O 10.1.1.0/24 [110/65] via 192.168.200.2, 00:01:20, Serial0/1/0",
            "3.  S* 0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 172.16.1.1",
            "4.  S 10.1.0.0/16 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 664,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What is the administrative distance value of the route for router R1 to reach the destination IPv6 address of 2001:DB8:CAFE:4::A?\n<img src=\"./Images/665.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 569px) 100vw, 569px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 1\" width=\"569\" height=\"200\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  120",
            "2.  110",
            "3.  1",
            "4.  4"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 665,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich value in a routing table represents trustworthiness and is used by the router to determine which route to install into the routing table when there are multiple routes toward the same destination? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  administrative distance",
            "2.  metric",
            "3.  outgoing interface",
            "4.  routing protocol"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 666,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator configures the interface fa0/0 on the router R1 with the command ip address 172.16.1.254 255.255.255.0. However, when the administrator issues the command show ip route, the routing table does not show the directly connected network. What is the possible cause of the problem? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The interface fa0/0 has not been activated.",
            "2.  No packets with a destination network of 172.16.1.0 have been sent to R1.",
            "3.  The configuration needs to be saved first.",
            "4.  The subnet mask is incorrect for the IPv4 address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 667,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the graphic. Which command would be used on router A to configure a static route to direct traffic from LAN A that is destined for LAN C?\n<img src=\"./Images/668.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 2\" width=\"449\" height=\"253\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A(config)# ip route 192.168.3.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.1",
            "2.  A(config)# ip route 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0 192.168.4.0",
            "3.  A(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.5.2",
            "4.  A(config)# ip route 192.168.5.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2",
            "5.  A(config)# ip route 192.168.4.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.3.2"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 668,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nOn which two routers would a default static route be configured? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  any router where a backup route to dynamic routing is needed for reliability",
            "2.  the router that serves as the gateway of last resort",
            "3.  any router running an IOS prior to 12.0",
            "4.  stub router connection to the rest of the corporate or campus network",
            "5.  edge router connection to the ISP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 669,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. This network has two connections to the ISP, one via router C and one via router B. The serial link between router A and router C supports EIGRP and is the primary link to the Internet. If the primary link fails, the administrator needs a floating static route that avoids recursive route lookups and any potential next-hop issues caused by the multiaccess nature of the Ethernet segment with router B. What should the administrator configure?\n<img src=\"./Images/670.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 493px) 100vw, 493px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 3\" width=\"493\" height=\"198\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Create a static route pointing to 10.1.1.1 with an AD of 95.",
            "2.  Create a fully specified static route pointing to Fa0/0 with an AD of 1.",
            "3.  Create a fully specified static route pointing to Fa0/0 with an AD of 95.",
            "4.  Create a static route pointing to 10.1.1.1 with an AD of 1.",
            "5.  Create a static route pointing to Fa0/0 with an AD of 1."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 670,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a characteristic of a floating static route? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  When it is configured, it creates a gateway of last resort.​",
            "2.  It is used to provide load balancing between static routes.",
            "3.  It is simply a static route with 0.0.0.0/0 as the destination IPv4 address.",
            "4.  It is configured with a higher administrative distance than the original dynamic routing protocol has."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 671,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat network prefix and prefix-length combination is used to create a default static route that will match any IPv6 destination? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  FFFF::/128",
            "2.  ::1/64",
            "3.  ::/128",
            "4.  ::/0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 672,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nConsider the following command:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">ip route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 10.10.10.2 5<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat does the 5 at the end of the command signify? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  exit interface",
            "2.  maximum number of hops to the 192.168.10.0/24 network",
            "3.  metric",
            "4.  administrative distance"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 673,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The routing table for R2 is as follows:\nGateway of last resort is not set\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets\nC 10.0.0.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0\nC 10.0.0.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1\n192.168.10.0/26 is subnetted, 3 subnets\nS 192.168.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0\nC 192.168.10.64 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0\nS 192.168.10.128 [1/0] via 10.0.0.6<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat will router R2 do with a packet destined for 192.168.10.129?\n<img src=\"./Images/674.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 4\" width=\"503\" height=\"329\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  send the packet out interface FastEthernet0/0",
            "2.  send the packet out interface Serial0/0/1",
            "3.  drop the packet",
            "4.  send the packet out interface Serial0/0/0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 674,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator issues the ipv6 route 2001:db8:acad:1::/32 gigabitethernet0/0 2001:db8:acad:6::1 100 command on a router. What administrative distance is assigned to this route? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0",
            "2.  1",
            "3.  32",
            "4.  100"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 675,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which default static route command would allow R1 to potentially reach all unknown networks on the Internet?\n<img src=\"./Images/676.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 5\" width=\"514\" height=\"301\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R1(config)# ipv6 route 2001:db8:32::/64 G0/0",
            "2.  R1(config)# ipv6 route ::/0 G0/0 fe80::2",
            "3.  R1(config)# ipv6 route 2001:db8:32::/64 G0/1 fe80::2",
            "4.  R1(config)# ipv6 route ::/0 G0/1 fe80::2"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 676,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The network engineer for the company that is shown wants to use the primary ISP connection for all external connectivity. The backup ISP connection is used only if the primary ISP connection fails. Which set of commands would accomplish this goal?\n<img src=\"./Images/677.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 6\" width=\"411\" height=\"303\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/0/0 ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/1/0",
            "2.  ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/0/0 ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/1/0 10",
            "3.  ip route 198.133.219.24 255.255.255.252 ip route 64.100.210.80 255.255.255.252 10",
            "4.  ip route 198.133.219.24 255.255.255.252 ip route 64.100.210.80 255.255.255.252"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 677,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which set of commands will configure static routes that will allow the Park and the Alta routers to a) forward packets to each LAN and b) direct all other traffic to the Internet?\n<img src=\"./Images/678.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 513px) 100vw, 513px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 7\" width=\"513\" height=\"386\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Park(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.14.1 Alta(config)# ip route 10.0.234.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.14.2 Alta(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/0/0",
            "2.  Park(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.14.1 Alta(config)# ip route 10.0.234.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.14.2 Alta(config)# ip route 198.18.222.0 255.255.255.255 s0/0/0",
            "3.  Park(config)# ip route 172.16.67.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.14.1 Park(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.14.1 Alta(config)# ip route 10.0.234.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.14.2",
            "4.  Park(config)# ip route 172.16.67.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.14.1 Alta(config)# ip route 10.0.234.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.14.2 Alta(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 s0/0/1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 678,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The small company shown uses static routing. Users on the R2 LAN have reported a problem with connectivity. What is the issue?\n<img src=\"./Images/679.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 683px) 100vw, 683px\"  alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 8\" width=\"683\" height=\"426\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 8\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R1 needs a static route to the R2 LAN.",
            "2.  R2 needs a static route to the R1 LANs.",
            "3.  R1 needs a default route to R2.",
            "4.  R2 needs a static route to the Internet.",
            "5.  R1 and R2 must use a dynamic routing protocol."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 679,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator is attempting to install an IPv6 static route on router R1 to reach the network attached to router R2. After the static route command is entered, connectivity to the network is still failing. What error has been made in the static route configuration?\n<img src=\"./Images/680.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 602px) 100vw, 602px\"  alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 9\" width=\"602\" height=\"259\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 9\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The next hop address is incorrect.",
            "2.  The interface is incorrect.",
            "3.  The destination network is incorrect.",
            "4.  The network prefix is incorrect."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 680,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. How was the host route 2001:DB8:CAFE:4::1/128 installed in the routing table?\n<img src=\"./Images/681.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px\"  alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 10\" width=\"433\" height=\"405\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The route was dynamically created by router R1.",
            "2.  The route was dynamically learned from another router.",
            "3.  The route was manually entered by an administrator.",
            "4.  The route was automatically installed when an IP address was configured on an active interface."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 681,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. HostA is attempting to contact ServerB. Which two statements correctly describe the addressing that HostA will generate in the process? (Choose two.)\n<img src=\"./Images/682.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px\"  alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 11\" width=\"332\" height=\"271\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 11\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A packet with the destination IP address of RouterA.",
            "2.  A frame with the destination MAC address of SwitchA.",
            "3.  A packet with the destination IP address of ServerB.",
            "4.  A frame with the destination MAC address of RouterA.",
            "5.  A frame with the destination MAC address of ServerB.",
            "6.  A packet with the destination IP address of RouterB."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 682,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A ping from R1 to 10.1.1.2 is successful, but a ping from R1 to any address in the 192.168.2.0 network fails. What is the cause of this problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/683.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px\"  alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 12\" width=\"612\" height=\"380\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 12\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  There is no gateway of last resort at R1.",
            "2.  The static route for 192.168.2.0 is incorrectly configured.",
            "3.  A default route is not configured on R1.",
            "4.  The serial interface between the two routers is down."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 683,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator is attempting to install a default static route on router R1 to reach the Site B network on router R2. After entering the static route command, the route is still not showing up in the routing table of router R1. What is preventing the route from installing in the routing table?\n<img src=\"./Images/684.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 13\" width=\"593\" height=\"355\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 13\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The netmask is incorrect.",
            "2.  The exit interface is missing.",
            "3.  The next hop address is incorrect.",
            "4.  The destination network is incorrect."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 684,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The Branch Router has an OSPF neighbor relationship with the HQ router over the 198.51.0.4/30 network. The 198.51.0.8/30 network link should serve as a backup when the OSPF link goes down. The floating static route command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 S0/1/1 100 was issued on Branch and now traffic is using the backup link even when the OSPF link is up and functioning. Which change should be made to the static route command so that traffic will only use the OSPF link when it is up?\n<img src=\"./Images/685.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 14\" width=\"482\" height=\"237\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 14\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Add the next hop neighbor address of 198.51.0.8.",
            "2.  Change the administrative distance to 1.",
            "3.  Change the destination network to 198.51.0.5.",
            "4.  Change the administrative distance to 120."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 685,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat characteristic completes the following statement?\nWhen an IPv6 static route is configured, the next-hop address can be …… ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a destination host route with a /128 prefix.",
            "2.  the “show ipv6 route static” command.",
            "3.  an IPv6 link-local address on the adjacent router.",
            "4.  the interface type and interface number."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 686,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nGateway of last resort is not set.\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">172.19.115.0/26 is variously subnetted, 7 subnets, 3 masks\nO 172.19.115.0/26 [110/10] via 172.19.39.1, 00:00:24, Serial0/0/0\nO 172.19.115.64/26 [110/20] via 172.19.39.6, 00:00:56, Serial 0/0/1\nO 172.19.115.128/26 [110/10] via 172.19.39.1, 00:00:24, Serial 0/0/0\nC 172.19.115.192/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0\nL 172.19.115.193/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0\nC 172.19.115.224/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1\nL 172.19.115.225/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1\n172.19.39.0/24 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks\nC 172.19.39.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0\nL 172.19.39.2/32 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0\nC 172.19.39.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1\nL 172.19.39.5/32 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1\nS 172.19.40.0/26 [1/0] via 172.19.39.1, 00:00:24, Serial0/0/0\nR1#<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nRefer to the exhibit. Which interface will be the exit interface to forward a data packet that has the destination IP address 172.19.115.206? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  GigabitEthernet0/1",
            "2.  None, the packet will be dropped.",
            "3.  GigabitEthernet0/0",
            "4.  Serial0/0/1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 687,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What routing solution will allow both PC A and PC B to access the Internet with the minimum amount of router CPU and network bandwidth utilization?\n<img src=\"./Images/688.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 15\" width=\"617\" height=\"394\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 15\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Configure a dynamic routing protocol between R1 and Edge and advertise all routes.",
            "2.  Configure a static route from R1 to Edge and a dynamic route from Edge to R1.",
            "3.  Configure a static default route from R1 to Edge, a default route from Edge to the Internet, and a static route from Edge to R1.",
            "4.  Configure a dynamic route from R1 to Edge and a static route from Edge to R1."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 688,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What would happen after the IT administrator enters the new static route?\n<img src=\"./Images/689.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 16\" width=\"554\" height=\"354\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 16\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The 172.16.1.0 static route would be entered into the running-config but not shown in the routing table.",
            "2.  The 172.16.1.0 route learned from RIP would be replaced with the 172.16.1.0 static route.",
            "3.  The 0.0.0.0 default route would be replaced with the 172.16.1.0 static route.",
            "4.  The 172.16.1.0 static route is added to the existing routes in the routing table."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 689,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat two pieces of information are needed in a fully specified static route to eliminate recursive lookups? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the interface ID of the next-hop neighbor",
            "2.  the interface ID exit interface",
            "3.  the IP address of the exit interface",
            "4.  the IP address of the next-hop neighbor",
            "5.  the administrative distance for the destination network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 690,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which command will properly configure an IPv6 static route on R2 that will allow traffic from PC2 to reach PC1 without any recursive lookups by router R2?\n<img src=\"./Images/691.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 17\" width=\"503\" height=\"370\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 17\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R2(config)# ipv6 route ::/0 2001:db8:32::1",
            "2.  R2(config)# ipv6 route 2001:db8:10:12::/64 S0/0/0",
            "3.  R2(config)# ipv6 route 2001:db8:10:12::/64 2001:db8:32::1",
            "4.  R2(config)# ipv6 route 2001:db8:10:12::/64 S0/0/1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 691,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which static route would an IT technician enter to create a backup route to the 172.16.1.0 network that is only used if the primary RIP learned route fails?\n<img src=\"./Images/692.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 18\" width=\"554\" height=\"317\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 18\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 s0/0/0",
            "2.  ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 s0/0/0 121",
            "3.  ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 s0/0/0 111",
            "4.  ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 s0/0/0 91"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 692,
        "img": true
    },

    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. PC A sends a request to Server B. What IPv4 address is used in the destination field in the packet as the packet leaves PC A?\n<img src=\"./Images/694.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 19\" width=\"682\" height=\"392\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 20\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.11.1",
            "2.  192.168.10.1",
            "3.  192.168.12.16",
            "4.  192.168.10.10"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 694,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat does R1 use as the MAC address of the destination when constructing the frame that will go from R1 to Server B?\n<img src=\"./Images/695.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 616px) 100vw, 616px\"   alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 20\" width=\"616\" height=\"379\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 21\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  If the destination MAC address that corresponds to the IPv4 address is not in the ARP cache, R1 sends an ARP request.",
            "2.  R1 uses the destination MAC address of S1.",
            "3.  The packet is encapsulated into a PPP frame, and R1 adds the PPP destination address to the frame.",
            "4.  R1 leaves the field blank and forwards the data to the PC."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 695,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat route would have the lowest administrative distance? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a route received through the OSPF routing protocol",
            "2.  a directly connected network",
            "3.  a static route",
            "4.  a route received through the EIGRP routing protocol"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 696,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator configures the interface fa0/0 on the router R1 with the command ip address 172.16.1.254 255.255.255.0. However, when the administrator issues the command show ip route, the routing table does not show the directly connected network. What is the possible cause of the problem? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The subnet mask is incorrect for the IPv4 address.",
            "2.  The interface fa0/0 has not been activated.",
            "3.  The configuration needs to be saved first.",
            "4.  No packets with a destination network of 172.16.1.0 have been sent to R1."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 697,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA router has used the OSPF protocol to learn a route to the 172.16.32.0/19 network. Which command will implement a backup floating static route to this network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ip route 172.16.0.0 255.255.224.0 S0/0/0 100",
            "2.  ip route 172.16.0.0 255.255.240.0 S0/0/0 200",
            "3.  ip route 172.16.32.0 255.255.224.0 S0/0/0 200",
            "4.  ip route 172.16.32.0 255.255.0.0 S0/0/0 100"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 698,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nConsider the following command:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">ip route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 10.10.10.2 5<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nHow would an administrator test this configuration? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Delete the default gateway route on the router.",
            "2.  Manually shut down the router interface used as a primary route.",
            "3.  Ping from the 192.168.10.0 network to the 10.10.10.2 address.",
            "4.  Ping any valid address on the 192.168.10.0/24 network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 699,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which type of IPv6 static route is configured in the exhibit?\n<img src=\"./Images/700.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 21\" width=\"367\" height=\"44\" title=\"CCNA 2 v7 Modules 14 – 16: Routing Concepts and Configuration Test Online 22\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  floating static route",
            "2.  fully specified static route",
            "3.  recursive static route",
            "4.  directly attached static route"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 700,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat characteristic completes the following statement?\nWhen an IPv6 static route is configured, it is first necessary to configure …… ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the next-hop address of two different adjacent routers.",
            "2.  the “ipv6 unicast-routing” command.",
            "3.  an IPv6 link-local address on the adjacent router.",
            "4.  an administrative distance of 2."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 701,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nGateway of last resort is not set.\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">172.18.109.0/26 is variously subnetted, 7 subnets, 3 masks\nO 172.18.109.0/26 [110/10] via 172.18.32.1, 00:00:24, Serial0/0/0\nO 172.18.109.64/26 [110/20] via 172.18.32.6, 00:00:56, Serial 0/0/1\nO 172.18.109.128/26 [110/10] via 172.18.32.1, 00:00:24, Serial 0/0/0\nC 172.18.109.192/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0\nL 172.18.109.193/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/0\nC 172.18.109.224/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1\nL 172.18.109.225/27 is directly connected, GigabitEthernet0/1\n172.18.32.0/24 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks\nC 172.18.32.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0\nL 172.18.32.2/32 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0\nC 172.18.32.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1\nL 172.18.32.5/32 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1\nS 172.18.33.0/26 [1/0] via 172.18.32.1, 00:00:24, Serial0/0/0\nR1#<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nRefer to the exhibit. Which interface will be the exit interface to forward a data packet that has the destination IP address 172.18.109.152? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  GigabitEthernet0/0",
            "2.  GigabitEthernet0/1",
            "3.  Serial0/0/0",
            "4.  None, the packet will be dropped."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 702,
        "img": false
    },

]
const m3c1t2 = [{
        "question": "\nWhat is a function of OSPF hello packets? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to send specifically requested link-state records",
            "2.  to discover neighbors and build adjacencies between them",
            "3.  to ensure database synchronization between routers",
            "4.  to request specific link-state records from neighbor routers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 704,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich OPSF packet contains the different types of link-state advertisements? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  hello",
            "2.  DBD",
            "3.  LSR",
            "4.  LSU",
            "5.  LSAck"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 705,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three statements describe features of the OSPF topology table? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is a link-state database that represents the network topology.",
            "2.  Its contents are the result of running the SPF algorithm.",
            "3.  When converged, all routers in an area have identical topology tables.",
            "4.  The topology table contains feasible successor routes.",
            "5.  The table can be viewed via the show ip ospf database command.",
            "6.  After convergence, the table only contains the lowest cost route entries for all known networks."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 706,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat does an OSPF area contain? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  routers that share the same router ID",
            "2.  routers whose SPF trees are identical",
            "3.  routers that have the same link-state information in their LSDBs",
            "4.  routers that share the same process ID"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 707,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is used to facilitate hierarchical routing in OSPF? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the use of multiple areas",
            "2.  frequent SPF calculations",
            "3.  autosummarization",
            "4.  the election of designated routers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 708,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich OSPF data structure is identical on all OSPF routers that share the same area? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  forwarding database",
            "2.  link-state database",
            "3.  adjacency database",
            "4.  routing table"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 709,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich step does an OSPF-enabled router take immediately after establishing an adjacency with another router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  builds the topology table",
            "2.  exchanges link-state advertisements",
            "3.  chooses the best path",
            "4.  executes the SPF algorithm"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 710,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network engineer has manually configured the hello interval to 15 seconds on an interface of a router that is running OSPFv2. By default, how will the dead interval on the interface be affected? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The dead interval will not change from the default value.",
            "2.  The dead interval will now be 30 seconds.",
            "3.  The dead interval will now be 60 seconds.",
            "4.  The dead interval will now be 15 seconds."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 711,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured the OSPF timers to the values that are shown in the graphic. What is the result of having those manually configured timers?\n<img src=\"./Images/712.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 1\" width=\"446\" height=\"132\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R1 automatically adjusts its own timers to match the R2 timers.",
            "2.  The R1 dead timer expires between hello packets from R2.",
            "3.  The hello timer on R2 expires every ten seconds.",
            "4.  The neighbor adjacency has formed."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 712,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nTo establish a neighbor adjacency two OSPF routers will exchange hello packets. Which two values in the hello packets must match on both routers? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  dead interval",
            "2.  router priority",
            "3.  list of neighbors",
            "4.  router ID",
            "5.  hello interval"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 713,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the default router priority value for all Cisco OSPF routers? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0",
            "2.  1",
            "3.  10",
            "4.  255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 714,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of OSPFv2 packet contains an abbreviated list of the LSDB of a sending router and is used by receiving routers to check against the local LSDB? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  database description",
            "2.  link-state update",
            "3.  link-state request",
            "4.  link-state acknowledgment"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 715,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn an OSPF network when are DR and BDR elections required? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  when the two adjacent neighbors are interconnected over a point-to-point link",
            "2.  when all the routers in an OSPF area cannot form adjacencies",
            "3.  when the routers are interconnected over a common Ethernet network",
            "4.  when the two adjacent neighbors are in two different networks"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 716,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen an OSPF network is converged and no network topology change has been detected by a router, how often will LSU packets be sent to neighboring routers? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  every 5 minutes",
            "2.  every 10 minutes",
            "3.  every 30 minutes",
            "4.  every 60 minutes"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 717,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat will an OSPF router prefer to use first as a router ID? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a loopback interface that is configured with the highest IP address on the router",
            "2.  any IP address that is configured using the router-id command",
            "3.  the highest active interface IP that is configured on the router",
            "4.  the highest active interface that participates in the routing process because of a specifically configured network statement"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 718,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are the two purposes of an OSPF router ID? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to uniquely identify the router within the OSPF domain",
            "2.  to facilitate router participation in the election of the designated router",
            "3.  to enable the SPF algorithm to determine the lowest cost path to remote networks",
            "4.  to facilitate the establishment of network convergence",
            "5.  to facilitate the transition of the OSPF neighbor state to Full"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 719,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. If no router ID was manually configured, what would router Branch1 use as its OSPF router ID?\n<img src=\"./Images/720.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 2\" width=\"571\" height=\"290\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10.0.0.1",
            "2.  10.1.0.1",
            "3.  192.168.1.100",
            "4.  209.165.201.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 720,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network technician issues the following commands when configuring a router:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">R1(config)# router ospf 11\nR1(config-router)# network 10.10.10.0 0.0.0.255 area 0<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat does the number 11 represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the OSPF process ID on R1",
            "2.  the cost of the link to R1",
            "3.  the autonomous system number to which R1 belongs",
            "4.  the administrative distance that is manually assigned to R1",
            "5.  the area number where R1 is located"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 721,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn OSPF router has three directly connected networks; 172.16.0.0/16, 172.16.1.0/16, and 172.16.2.0/16. Which OSPF network command would advertise only the 172.16.1.0 network to neighbors? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  router(config-router)# network 172.16.1.0 0.0.255.255 area 0",
            "2.  router(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0 0.0.15.255 area 0",
            "3.  router(config-router)# network 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 area 0",
            "4.  router(config-router)# network 172.16.1.0 0.0.0.0 area 0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 722,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which three statements describe the results of the OSPF election process of the topology that is shown in the exhibit? (Choose three.)\n<img src=\"./Images/723.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 3\" width=\"601\" height=\"434\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R3 will be elected BDR.",
            "2.  The R4 FastEthernet 0/0 priority is 128.",
            "3.  The R4 router ID is 172.16.1.1.",
            "4.  R1 will be elected BDR.",
            "5.  The router ID on R2 is the loopback interface.",
            "6.  R2 will be elected DR."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 723,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. If the switch reboots and all routers have to re-establish OSPF adjacencies, which routers will become the new DR and BDR?\n<img src=\"./Images/724.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 4\" width=\"584\" height=\"395\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Router R4 will become the DR and router R1 will become the BDR.",
            "2.  Router R2 will become the DR and router R3 will become the BDR.",
            "3.  Router R1 will become the DR and router R2 will become the BDR.",
            "4.  Router R4 will become the DR and router R3 will become the BDR."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 724,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nBy default, what is the OSPF cost for any link with a bandwidth of 100 Mb/s or greater? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  100000000",
            "2.  10000",
            "3.  1",
            "4.  100"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 725,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What is the OSPF cost to reach the router A LAN 172.16.1.0/24 from B?\n<img src=\"./Images/726.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 5\" width=\"464\" height=\"351\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  782",
            "2.  74",
            "3.  128",
            "4.  65"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 726,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. On which router or routers would a default route be statically configured in a corporate environment that uses single area OSPF as the routing protocol?\n<img src=\"./Images/727.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 6\" width=\"437\" height=\"296\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R0-A",
            "2.  ISP, R0-A, R0-B, and R0-C",
            "3.  ISP",
            "4.  R0-B and R0-C",
            "5.  ISP and R0-A",
            "6.  R0-A, R0-B, and R0-C"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 727,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat command would be used to determine if a routing protocol-initiated relationship had been made with an adjacent router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ping",
            "2.  show ip ospf neighbor",
            "3.  show ip interface brief",
            "4.  show ip protocols"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 728,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which command did an administrator issue to produce this output?\n<img src=\"./Images/729.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 7\" width=\"585\" height=\"347\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R1# show ip ospf interface serial0/0/1",
            "2.  R1# show ip route ospf",
            "3.  R1# show ip ospf",
            "4.  R1# show ip ospf neighbor"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 729,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command is used to verify that OSPF is enabled and also provides a list of the networks that are being advertised by the network?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show ip interface brief",
            "2.  show ip ospf interface",
            "3.  show ip protocols",
            "4.  show ip route ospf"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 730,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured OSPFv2 on the two Cisco routers but PC1 is unable to connect to PC2. What is the most likely problem?\n<img src=\"./Images/731.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 8\" width=\"556\" height=\"400\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 8\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Interface Fa0/0 has not been activated for OSPFv2 on router R2.",
            "2.  Interface Fa0/0 is configured as a passive-interface on router R2.",
            "3.  Interface S0/0 is configured as a passive-interface on router R2.",
            "4.  Interface s0/0 has not been activated for OSPFv2 on router R2."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 731,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the recommended Cisco best practice for configuring an OSPF-enabled router so that each router can be easily identified when troubleshooting routing issues? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Configure a value using the router-id command.",
            "2.  Use the highest active interface IP address that is configured on the router.",
            "3.  Use a loopback interface configured with the highest IP address on the router.",
            "4.  Use the highest IP address assigned to an active interface participating in the routing process."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 732,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich step in the link-state routing process is described by a router running an algorithm to determine the best path to each destination? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  load balancing equal-cost paths",
            "2.  declaring a neighbor to be inaccessible",
            "3.  choosing the best route",
            "4.  executing the SPF algorithm"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 733,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator is configuring single-area OSPF on a router. One of the networks that must be advertised is 192.168.223.0 255.255.254.0. What wildcard mask would the administrator use in the OSPF network statement? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0.0.1.255",
            "2.  0.0.7.255",
            "3.  0.0.15.255",
            "4.  0.0.31.255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 734,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the format of the router ID on an OSPF-enabled router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a unique router host name that is configured on the router",
            "2.  a unique phrase with no more than 16 characters",
            "3.  a 32-bit number formatted like an IPv4 address",
            "4.  an 8-bit number with a decimal value between 0 and 255",
            "5.  a character string with no space"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 735,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAfter modifying the router ID on an OSPF router, what is the preferred method to make the new router ID effective? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  HQ# copy running-config startup-config",
            "2.  HQ# resume",
            "3.  HQ# clear ip route",
            "4.  HQ# clear ip ospf process"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 736,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn an OSPFv2 configuration, what is the effect of entering the command network 192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It allows all 192.168.1.0 networks to be advertised.",
            "2.  It tells the router which interface to turn on for the OSPF routing process.",
            "3.  It changes the router ID of the router to 192.168.1.1.",
            "4.  It enables OSPF on all interfaces on the router."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 737,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the reason for a network engineer to alter the default reference bandwidth parameter when configuring OSPF? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to force that specific link to be used in the destination route",
            "2.  to more accurately reflect the cost of links greater than 100 Mb/s",
            "3.  to enable the link for OSPF routing",
            "4.  to increase the speed of the link"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 738,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a benefit of multiarea OSPF routing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Topology changes in one area do not cause SPF recalculations in other areas.",
            "2.  Routers in all areas share the same link-state database and have a complete picture of the entire network.",
            "3.  A backbone area is not required.",
            "4.  Automatic route summarization occurs by default between areas."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 740,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat indicates to a link-state router that a neighbor is unreachable? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  if the router no longer receives hello packets",
            "2.  if the router receives an update with a hop count of 16",
            "3.  if the router receives an LSP with previously learned information",
            "4.  if the router no longer receives routing updates"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 741,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich three OSPF states are involved when two routers are forming an adjacency? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Exchange",
            "2.  Init",
            "3.  ExStart",
            "4.  Two-way",
            "5.  Loading",
            "6.  Down"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 742,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Suppose that routers B, C, and D have a default priority, and router A has a priority 0. Which conclusion can be drawn from the DR/BDR election process?​\n<div id=\"attachment_38138\" src=\"./Images/743.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 689px) 100vw, 689px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 - 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Exam\" width=\"689\" height=\"389\" aria-describedby=\"caption-attachment-38138\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 1 – 2: OSPF Concepts and Configuration Test Online 9\"></div> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  If the priority of router C is changed to 255, then it will become the DR.",
            "2.  Router A will become the DR and router D will become the BDR.​",
            "3.  If the DR fails, the new DR will be router B.",
            "4.  If a new router with a higher priority is added to this network, it will become the DR."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 743,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator is configuring single-area OSPF on a router. One of the networks that must be advertised is 64.102.0.0 255.255.255.128. What wildcard mask would the administrator use in the OSPF network statement? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  0.0.31.255",
            "2.  0.0.0.63",
            "3.  0.0.63.255",
            "4.  0.0.0.127"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 744,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich command will a network engineer issue to verify the configured hello and dead timer intervals on a point-to-point WAN link between two routers that are running OSPFv2? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show ipv6 ospf interface serial 0/0/0",
            "2.  show ip ospf neighbor",
            "3.  show ip ospf interface fastethernet 0/1",
            "4.  show ip ospf interface serial 0/0/0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 745,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\n Which step in the link-state routing process is described by a router building a link-state database based on received LSAs? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  selecting the router ID",
            "2.  declaring a neighbor to be inaccessible",
            "3.  executing the SPF algorithm",
            "4.  building the topology table"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 746,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m3c3t5 = [{
        "question": "\nThe IT department is reporting that a company web server is receiving an abnormally high number of web page requests from different locations simultaneously. Which type of security attack is occurring? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  adware",
            "2.  DDoS",
            "3.  phishing",
            "4.  social engineering",
            "5.  spyware"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 747,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat causes a buffer overflow? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  launching a security countermeasure to mitigate a Trojan horse",
            "2.  downloading and installing too many software updates at one time",
            "3.  attempting to write more data to a memory location than that location can hold",
            "4.  sending too much information to two or more interfaces of the same device, thereby causing dropped packets",
            "5.  sending repeated connections such as Telnet to a particular device, thus denying other data sources"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 748,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich objective of secure communications is achieved by encrypting data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  authentication",
            "2.  availability",
            "3.  confidentiality",
            "4.  integrity"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 749,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of malware has the primary objective of spreading across the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  worm",
            "2.  virus",
            "3.  Trojan horse",
            "4.  botnet"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 750,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat commonly motivates cybercriminals to attack networks as compared to hactivists or state-sponsored hackers? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  financial gain",
            "2.  fame seeking",
            "3.  status among peers",
            "4.  political reasons"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 751,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of hacker is motivated to protest against political and social issues? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  hacktivist",
            "2.  cybercriminal",
            "3.  script kiddie",
            "4.  vulnerability broker"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 752,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a ping sweep? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a query and response protocol that identifies information about a domain, including the addresses that are assigned to that domain.",
            "2.  a scanning technique that examines a range of TCP or UDP port numbers on a host to detect listening services.",
            "3.  a software application that enables the capture of all network packets that are sent across a LAN.",
            "4.  a network scanning technique that indicates the live hosts in a range of IP addresses."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 753,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn what type of attack is a cybercriminal attempting to prevent legitimate users from accessing network services? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  address spoofing",
            "2.  MITM",
            "3.  session hijacking",
            "4.  DoS"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 754,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich requirement of secure communications is ensured by the implementation of MD5 or SHA hash generating algorithms?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  nonrepudiation",
            "2.  authentication",
            "3.  integrity",
            "4.  confidentiality"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 755,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIf an asymmetric algorithm uses a public key to encrypt data, what is used to decrypt it? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a digital certificate",
            "2.  a different public key",
            "3.  a private key",
            "4.  DH"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 756,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which two ACLs would permit only the two LAN networks attached to R1 to access the network that connects to R2 G0/1 interface? (Choose two.)\n<img src=\"./Images/757.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 1\" width=\"496\" height=\"273\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access-list 1 permit 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.127",
            "2.  access-list 2 permit host 192.168.10.9 access-list 2 permit host 192.168.10.69",
            "3.  access-list 5 permit 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.63 access-list 5 permit 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63",
            "4.  access-list 3 permit 192.168.10.128 0.0.0.63",
            "5.  access-list 4 permit 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 757,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two packet filters could a network administrator use on an IPv4 extended ACL? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  destination UDP port number",
            "2.  computer type",
            "3.  destination MAC address",
            "4.  ICMP message type",
            "5.  source TCP hello address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 758,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of ACL offers greater flexibility and control over network access? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  numbered standard",
            "2.  named standard",
            "3.  extended",
            "4.  flexible"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 759,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the quickest way to remove a single ACE from a named ACL? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Use the no keyword and the sequence number of the ACE to be removed.",
            "2.  Copy the ACL into a text editor, remove the ACE, then copy the ACL back into the router.",
            "3.  Create a new ACL with a different number and apply the new ACL to the router interface.",
            "4.  Use the no access-list command to remove the entire ACL, then recreate it without the ACE."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 760,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is configuring a standard IPv4 ACL. What is the effect after the command no access-list 10 is entered?\n<img src=\"./Images/761.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 2\" width=\"527\" height=\"244\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ACL 10 is removed from both the running configuration and the interface Fa0/1.",
            "2.  ACL 10 is removed from the running configuration.",
            "3.  ACL 10 is disabled on Fa0/1.",
            "4.  ACL 10 will be disabled and removed after R1 restarts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 761,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured ACL 9 as shown. Users on the 172.31.1.0 /24 network cannot forward traffic through router CiscoVille. What is the most likely cause of the traffic failure?\n<img src=\"./Images/762.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 3\" width=\"570\" height=\"194\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The established keyword is not specified.",
            "2.  The sequence of the ACEs is incorrect.",
            "3.  The port number for the traffic has not been identified with the eq keyword.",
            "4.  The permit statement specifies an incorrect wildcard mask."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 762,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator needs to configure a standard ACL so that only the workstation of the administrator with the IP address 192.168.15.23 can access the virtual terminal of the main router. Which two configuration commands can achieve the task? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Router1(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.15.23 0.0.0.0",
            "2.  Router1(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.15.23 0.0.0.255",
            "3.  Router1(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.15.23 255.255.255.255",
            "4.  Router1(config)# access-list 10 permit host 192.168.15.23",
            "5.  Router1(config)# access-list 10 permit 192.168.15.23 255.255.255.0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 763,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which command would be used in a standard ACL to allow only devices on the network attached to R2 G0/0 interface to access the networks attached to R1?\n<img src=\"./Images/764.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 4\" width=\"496\" height=\"273\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access-list 1 permit 192.168.10.128 0.0.0.63",
            "2.  access-list 1 permit 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255",
            "3.  access-list 1 permit 192.168.10.96 0.0.0.31",
            "4.  access-list 1 permit 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.63"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 764,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is writing a standard ACL that will deny any traffic from the 172.16.0.0/16 network, but permit all other traffic. Which two commands should be used? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Router(config)# access-list 95 deny 172.16.0.0 255.255.0.0",
            "2.  Router(config)# access-list 95 permit any",
            "3.  Router(config)# access-list 95 host 172.16.0.0",
            "4.  Router(config)# access-list 95 deny 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255",
            "5.  Router(config)# access-list 95 172.16.0.0 255.255.255.255",
            "6.  Router(config)# access-list 95 deny any"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 765,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An ACL was configured on R1 with the intention of denying traffic from subnet 172.16.4.0/24 into subnet 172.16.3.0/24. All other traffic into subnet 172.16.3.0/24 should be permitted. This standard ACL was then applied outbound on interface Fa0/0. Which conclusion can be drawn from this configuration?​\n<img src=\"./Images/766.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 5\" width=\"596\" height=\"302\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The ACL should be applied outbound on all interfaces of R1.",
            "2.  The ACL should be applied to the FastEthernet 0/0 interface of R1 inbound to accomplish the requirements.",
            "3.  All traffic will be blocked, not just traffic from the 172.16.4.0/24 subnet.",
            "4.  Only traffic from the 172.16.4.0/24 subnet is blocked, and all other traffic is allowed.​",
            "5.  An extended ACL must be used in this situation."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 766,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator needs to add an ACE to the TRAFFIC-CONTROL ACL that will deny IP traffic from the subnet 172.23.16.0/20. Which ACE will meet this requirement?\n<img src=\"./Images/767.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 6\" width=\"471\" height=\"114\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  30 deny 172.23.16.0 0.0.15.255",
            "2.  15 deny 172.23.16.0 0.0.15.255",
            "3.  5 deny 172.23.16.0 0.0.15.255",
            "4.  5 deny 172.23.16.0 0.0.255.255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 767,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator configures an ACL on the router. Which statement describes the result of the configuration?\n<img src=\"./Images/768.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 7\" width=\"696\" height=\"159\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  An SSH connection is allowed from a workstation with IP 172.16.45.16 to a device with IP 192.168.25.18.",
            "2.  An SSH connection is allowed from a workstation with IP 192.168.25.18 to a device with IP 172.16.45.16.",
            "3.  A Telnet connection is allowed from a workstation with IP 192.168.25.18 to a device with IP 172.16.45.16.",
            "4.  A Telnet connection is allowed from a workstation with IP 172.16.45.16 to a device with IP 192.168.25.18."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 768,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What can be determined from this output?\n<img src=\"./Images/769.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 8\" width=\"539\" height=\"107\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 8\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The ACL is missing the deny ip any any ACE.",
            "2.  The ACL is only monitoring traffic destined for 10.23.77.101 from three specific hosts.",
            "3.  Because there are no matches for line 10, the ACL is not working.",
            "4.  The router has not had any Telnet packets from 10.35.80.22 that are destined for 10.23.77.101."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 769,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator wants to permit only host 192.168.1.1 /24 to be able to access the server 192.168.2.1 /24. Which three commands will achieve this using best ACL placement practices? (Choose three.)\n<img src=\"./Images/770.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 9\" width=\"444\" height=\"229\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 9\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  R2(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1",
            "2.  R2(config-if)# ip access-group 101 out",
            "3.  R2(config)# access-list 101 permit ip 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.2.0 255.255.255.0",
            "4.  R2(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in",
            "5.  R2(config)# access-list 101 permit ip any any",
            "6.  R2(config)# interface fastethernet 0/0",
            "7.  R2(config)# access-list 101 permit ip host 192.168.1.1 host 192.168.2.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            5,
            6
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 770,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nConsider the following access list.\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">access-list 100 permit ip host 192.168.10.1 any\naccess-list 100 deny icmp 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 any echo\naccess-list 100 permit ip any any<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhich two actions are taken if the access list is placed inbound on a router Gigabit Ethernet port that has the IP address 192.168.10.254 assigned? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Only Layer 3 connections are allowed to be made from the router to any other network device.",
            "2.  Devices on the 192.168.10.0/24 network are not allowed to reply to any ping requests.",
            "3.  Devices on the 192.168.10.0/24 network can sucessfully ping devices on the 192.168.11.0 network.",
            "4.  A Telnet or SSH session is allowed from any device on the 192.168.10.0 into the router with this access list assigned.",
            "5.  Only the network device assigned the IP address 192.168.10.1 is allowed to access the router."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 771,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The named ACL “Managers” already exists on the router. What will happen when the network administrator issues the commands that are shown in the exhibit?\n<img src=\"./Images/772.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 10\" width=\"409\" height=\"78\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The commands are added at the end of the existing Managers ACL.",
            "2.  The commands overwrite the existing Managers ACL.",
            "3.  The commands are added at the beginning of the existing Managers ACL.",
            "4.  The network administrator receives an error that states that the ACL already exists."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 772,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn which TCP attack is the cybercriminal attempting to overwhelm a target host with half-open TCP connections? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port scan attack",
            "2.  SYN flood attack",
            "3.  session hijacking attack",
            "4.  reset attack"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 773,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich protocol is attacked when a cybercriminal provides an invalid gateway in order to create a man-in-the-middle attack? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DHCP",
            "2.  DNS",
            "3.  ICMP",
            "4.  HTTP or HTTPS"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 774,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. An administrator has configured a standard ACL on R1 and applied it to interface serial 0/0/0 in the outbound direction. What happens to traffic leaving interface serial 0/0/0 that does not match the configured ACL statements?\n<img src=\"./Images/775.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 386px) 100vw, 386px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 11\" width=\"386\" height=\"151\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 11\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The traffic is dropped.",
            "2.  The source IP address is checked and, if a match is not found, traffic is routed out interface serial 0/0/1.",
            "3.  The resulting action is determined by the destination IP address.",
            "4.  The resulting action is determined by the destination IP address and port number."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 775,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The Gigabit interfaces on both routers have been configured with subinterface numbers that match the VLAN numbers connected to them. PCs on VLAN 10 should be able to print to the P1 printer on VLAN 12. PCs on VLAN 20 should print to the printers on VLAN 22. What interface and in what direction should you place a standard ACL that allows printing to P1 from data VLAN 10, but stops the PCs on VLAN 20 from using the P1 printer? (Choose two.)\n<img src=\"./Images/776.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 673px) 100vw, 673px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 12\" width=\"673\" height=\"321\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 12\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  inbound",
            "2.  R2 S0/0/1",
            "3.  R1 Gi0/1.12",
            "4.  outbound",
            "5.  R1 S0/0/0",
            "6.  R2 Gi0/1.20"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 776,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\n Which statement describes a characteristic of standard IPv4 ACLs? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They are configured in the interface configuration mode.",
            "2.  They can be configured to filter traffic based on both source IP addresses and source ports.",
            "3.  They can be created with a number but not with a name.",
            "4.  They filter traffic based on source IP addresses only."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 777,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is considered a best practice when configuring ACLs on vty lines? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Place identical restrictions on all vty lines.",
            "2.  Remove the vty password since the ACL restricts access to trusted users.",
            "3.  Apply the ip access-group command inbound.",
            "4.  Use only extended access lists."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 778,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\n<strong><img src=\"./Images/779.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 13\" width=\"248\" height=\"104\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 13\">\n</strong>Refer to the exhibit. An administrator first configured an extended ACL as shown by the output of the show access-lists command. The administrator then edited this access-list by issuing the commands below.\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">Router(config)# ip access-list extended 101 \nRouter(config-ext-nacl)# no 20\nRouter(config-ext-nacl)# 5 permit tcp any any eq 22\nRouter(config-ext-nacl)# 20 deny udp any any<div title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhich two conclusions can be drawn from this new configuration?​ (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  TFTP packets will be permitted.​",
            "2.  Ping packets will be permitted.",
            "3.  Telnet packets will be permitted.",
            "4.  SSH packets will be permitted.",
            "5.  All TCP and UDP packets will be denied.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 779,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich set of access control entries would allow all users on the 192.168.10.0/24 network to access a web server that is located at 172.17.80.1, but would not allow them to use Telnet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access-list 103 deny tcp host 192.168.10.0 any eq 23 access-list 103 permit tcp host 192.168.10.1 eq 80",
            "2.  access-list 103 permit tcp 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 80 access-list 103 deny tcp 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 23",
            "3.  access-list 103 permit 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 host 172.17.80.1 access-list 103 deny tcp 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 any eq telnet​​",
            "4.  access-list 103 permit tcp 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 host 172.17.80.1 eq 80 access-list 103 deny tcp ​192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 23"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 780,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the term used to describe a mechanism that takes advantage of a vulnerability? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  mitigation",
            "2.  exploit",
            "3.  vulnerability",
            "4.  threat"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 781,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The network administrator has an IP address of 192.168.11.10 and needs access to manage R1. What is the best ACL type and placement to use in this situation?\n<img src=\"./Images/782.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 14\" width=\"570\" height=\"442\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 14\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  extended ACL outbound on R2 WAN interface towards the internet",
            "2.  standard ACL inbound on R1 vty lines",
            "3.  extended ACLs inbound on R1 G0/0 and G0/1",
            "4.  extended ACL outbound on R2 S0/0/1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 782,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is tasked with using ACLs to secure a router. When would the technician use the any configuration option or command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to add a text entry for documentation purposes",
            "2.  to generate and send an informational message whenever the ACE is matched",
            "3.  to identify any IP address",
            "4.  to identify one specific IP address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 783,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement accurately characterizes the evolution of threats to network security? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Internet architects planned for network security from the beginning.",
            "2.  Early Internet users often engaged in activities that would harm other users.",
            "3.  Internal threats can cause even greater damage than external threats.",
            "4.  Threats have become less sophisticated while the technical knowledge needed by an attacker has grown."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 784,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA user receives a phone call from a person who claims to represent IT services and then asks that user for confirmation of username and password for auditing purposes. Which security threat does this phone call represent? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  spam",
            "2.  social engineering",
            "3.  DDoS",
            "4.  anonymous keylogging"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 785,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn what way are zombies used in security attacks? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They target specific individuals to gain corporate or personal information.",
            "2.  They probe a group of machines for open ports to learn which services are running.",
            "3.  They are maliciously formed code segments used to replace legitimate applications.",
            "4.  They are infected machines that carry out a DDoS attack."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 786,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich attack involves threat actors positioning themselves between a source and destination with the intent of transparently monitoring, capturing, and controlling the communication? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  man-in-the-middle attack",
            "2.  SYN flood attack",
            "3.  DoS attack",
            "4.  ICMP attack"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 787,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two keywords can be used in an access control list to replace a wildcard mask or address and wildcard mask pair? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  host",
            "2.  most",
            "3.  gt",
            "4.  some",
            "5.  any",
            "6.  all"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 788,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes a difference between the operation of inbound and outbound ACLs? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Inbound ACLs are processed before the packets are routed while outbound ACLs are processed after the routing is completed.",
            "2.  In contrast to outbound ALCs, inbound ACLs can be used to filter packets with multiple criteria.",
            "3.  On a network interface, more than one inbound ACL can be configured but only one outbound ACL can be configured.",
            "4.  Inbound ACLs can be used in both routers and switches but outbound ACLs can be used only on routers."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 789,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat effect would the Router1(config-ext-nacl)# permit tcp 172.16.4.0 0.0.0.255 any eq www command have when implemented inbound on the f0/0 interface? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  All TCP traffic is permitted, and all other traffic is denied.",
            "2.  Traffic originating from 172.16.4.0/24 is permitted to all TCP port 80 destinations.",
            "3.  All traffic from 172.16.4.0/24 is permitted anywhere on any port.",
            "4.  The command is rejected by the router because it is incomplete."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 790,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich ACE will permit a packet that originates from any network and is destined for a web server at 192.168.1.1? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access-list 101 permit tcp any host 192.168.1.1 eq 80",
            "2.  access-list 101 permit tcp host 192.168.1.1 eq 80 any",
            "3.  access-list 101 permit tcp host 192.168.1.1 any eq 80",
            "4.  access-list 101 permit tcp any eq 80 host 192.168.1.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 791,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A new network policy requires an ACL denying FTP and Telnet access to a Corp file server from all interns. The address of the file server is 172.16.1.15 and all interns are assigned addresses in the 172.18.200.0/24 network. After implementing the ACL, no one in the Corp network can access any of the servers. What is the problem?\n<div id=\"attachment_38143\" src=\"./Images/792.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 - 5: Network Security Exam Answers 46\" width=\"459\" height=\"253\" aria-describedby=\"caption-attachment-38143\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 15\"></div> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Inbound ACLs must be routed before they are processed.",
            "2.  The ACL is implicitly denying access to all the servers.",
            "3.  Named ACLs require the use of port numbers.",
            "4.  The ACL is applied to the interface using the wrong direction."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 792,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is tasked with using ACLs to secure a router. When would the technician use the access-class 20 in configuration option or command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to secure administrative access to the router",
            "2.  to remove an ACL from an interface",
            "3.  to remove a configured ACL",
            "4.  to apply a standard ACL to an interface"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 793,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the term used to describe the same pre-shared key or secret key, known by both the sender and receiver to encrypt and decrypt data? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  symmetric encryption algorithm",
            "2.  data integrity",
            "3.  exploit",
            "4.  risk"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 794,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Internet privileges for an employee have been revoked because of abuse but the employee still needs access to company resources. What is the best ACL type and placement to use in this situation?\n<div id=\"attachment_38144\" src=\"./Images/795.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 - 5: Network Security Exam Answers 49\" width=\"570\" height=\"442\" aria-describedby=\"caption-attachment-38144\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 16\"></div> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  standard ACL inbound on R2 WAN interface connecting to the internet",
            "2.  standard ACL outbound on R2 WAN interface towards the internet",
            "3.  standard ACL inbound on R1 G0/0",
            "4.  standard ACL outbound on R1 G0/0"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 795,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The student on the H1 computer continues to launch an extended ping with expanded packets at the student on the H2 computer. The school network administrator wants to stop this behavior, but still allow both students access to web-based computer assignments. What would be the best plan for the network administrator?\n<div id=\"attachment_38142\" src=\"./Images/796.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 - 5: Network Security Exam Answers 42\" width=\"431\" height=\"351\" aria-describedby=\"caption-attachment-38142\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 3 – 5: Network Security Test Online 17\"></div> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Apply an inbound standard ACL on R1 Gi0/0.",
            "2.  Apply an inbound extended ACL on R2 Gi0/1.",
            "3.  Apply an outbound extended ACL on R1 S0/0/1.",
            "4.  Apply an inbound extended ACL on R1 Gi0/0.",
            "5.  Apply an outbound standard ACL on R2 S0/0/1."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 796,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is tasked with using ACLs to secure a router. When would the technician use the ‘ip access-group 101 in’ configuration option or command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to apply an extended ACL to an interface",
            "2.  to secure management traffic into the router",
            "3.  to secure administrative access to the router",
            "4.  to display all restricted traffic"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 797,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn which type of attack is falsified information used to redirect users to malicious Internet sites? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  DNS amplification and reflection",
            "2.  ARP cache poisoning",
            "3.  DNS cache poisoning",
            "4.  domain generation"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 798,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a feature of an IPS? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It can stop malicious packets.",
            "2.  It is deployed in offline mode.",
            "3.  It has no impact on latency.",
            "4.  It is primarily focused on identifying possible incidents."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 799,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the term used to describe a potential danger to a company’s assets, data, or network functionality? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  vulnerability",
            "2.  threat",
            "3.  asset",
            "4.  exploit"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 800,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Network 192.168.30.0/24 contains all of the company servers. Policy dictates that traffic from the servers to both networks 192.168.10.0 and 192.168.11.0 be limited to replies for original requests. What is the best ACL type and placement to use in this situation? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  standard ACL inbound on R1 vty lines",
            "2.  extended ACLs inbound on R1 G0/0 and G0/1",
            "3.  extended ACL inbound on R3 G0/0",
            "4.  extended ACL inbound on R3 S0/0/1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 801,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat does the CLI prompt change to after entering the command ip access-list standard aaa from global configuration mode? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Router(config-line)#",
            "2.  Router(config-std-nacl)#",
            "3.  Router(config)#",
            "4.  Router(config-router)#",
            "5.  Router(config-if)#"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 802,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Many employees are wasting company time accessing social media on their work computers. The company wants to stop this access. What is the best ACL type and placement to use in this situation? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  extended ACL outbound on R2 WAN interface towards the internet",
            "2.  standard ACL outbound on R2 WAN interface towards the internet",
            "3.  standard ACL outbound on R2 S0/0/0",
            "4.  extended ACLs inbound on R1 G0/0 and G0/1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 803,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA technician is tasked with using ACLs to secure a router. When would the technician use the 40 deny host 192.168.23.8 configuration option or command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to remove all ACLs from the router",
            "2.  to create an entry in a numbered ACL",
            "3.  to apply an ACL to all router interfaces",
            "4.  to secure administrative access to the router"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 804,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m3c6t8 = [{
        "question": "\nWhich two statements accurately describe an advantage or a disadvantage when deploying NAT for IPv4 in a network? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  NAT improves packet handling.",
            "2.  NAT adds authentication capability to IPv4.",
            "3.  NAT will impact negatively on switch performance.",
            "4.  NAT causes routing tables to include more information.",
            "5.  NAT provides a solution to slow down the IPv4 address depletion.",
            "6.  NAT introduces problems for some applications that require end-to-end connectivity."
        ],
        "correct": [
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 805,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator wants to examine the active NAT translations on a border router. Which command would perform the task? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Router# show ip nat translations",
            "2.  Router# show ip nat statistics",
            "3.  Router# clear ip nat translations",
            "4.  Router# debug ip nat translations"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 806,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two tasks to perform when configuring static NAT? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Configure a NAT pool.",
            "2.  Create a mapping between the inside local and outside local addresses.",
            "3.  Identify the participating interfaces as inside or outside interfaces.",
            "4.  Define the inside global address on the server",
            "5.  Define the outside global address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 807,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a disadvantage of NAT? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  There is no end-to-end addressing.",
            "2.  The router does not need to alter the checksum of the IPv4 packets.",
            "3.  The internal hosts have to use a single public IPv4 address for external communication.",
            "4.  The costs of readdressing hosts can be significant for a publicly addressed network.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 808,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. From the perspective of R1, the NAT router, which address is the inside global address?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37942\" src=\"./Images/809.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 1\" width=\"566\" height=\"210\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.0.10",
            "2.  192.168.0.1",
            "3.  209.165.200.225",
            "4.  209.165.200.254"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 809,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Given the commands as shown, how many hosts on the internal LAN off R1 can have simultaneous NAT translations on R1?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37943\" src=\"./Images/810.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 2\" width=\"704\" height=\"360\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  244",
            "2.  10",
            "3.  1",
            "4.  255"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 810,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has just configured address translation and is verifying the configuration. What three things can the administrator verify? (Choose three.)\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37944 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/811.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 3\" width=\"623\" height=\"233\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A standard access list numbered 1 was used as part of the configuration process.",
            "2.  Three addresses from the NAT pool are being used by hosts.",
            "3.  Address translation is working.",
            "4.  One port on the router is not participating in the address translation.",
            "5.  The name of the NAT pool is refCount.",
            "6.  Two types of NAT are enabled."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 811,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. NAT is configured on RT1 and RT2. The PC is sending a request to the web server. What IPv4 address is the source IP address in the packet between RT2 and the web server?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37945\" src=\"./Images/812.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 4\" width=\"625\" height=\"280\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.1.5",
            "2.  203.0.113.10",
            "3.  172.16.1.254",
            "4.  172.16.1.10",
            "5.  209.165.200.245",
            "6.  192.0.2.2"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 812,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Based on the output that is shown, what type of NAT has been implemented?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37946 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/813.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 645px) 100vw, 645px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 5\" width=\"645\" height=\"101\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  dynamic NAT with a pool of two public IP addresses",
            "2.  PAT using an external interface",
            "3.  static NAT with a NAT pool",
            "4.  static NAT with one entry"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 813,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. From the perspective of users behind the NAT router, what type of NAT address is 209.165.201.1?\n<img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-37947\" src=\"./Images/814.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 6\" width=\"505\" height=\"352\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  inside global",
            "2.  outside global",
            "3.  outside local",
            "4.  inside local"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 814,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Static NAT is being configured to allow PC 1 access to the web server on the internal network. What two addresses are needed in place of A and B to complete the static NAT configuration? (Choose two.)\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37948\" src=\"./Images/815.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 7\" width=\"589\" height=\"404\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A = 209.165.201.2",
            "2.  A = 10.1.0.13",
            "3.  B = 209.165.201.7",
            "4.  B = 10.0.254.5",
            "5.  B = 209.165.201.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 815,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the purpose of the overload keyword in the ip nat inside source list 1 pool NAT_POOL overload command? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It allows many inside hosts to share one or a few inside global addresses.",
            "2.  It allows a list of internal hosts to communicate with a specific group of external hosts.",
            "3.  It allows external hosts to initiate sessions with internal hosts.",
            "4.  It allows a pool of inside global addresses to be used by internal hosts."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 816,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which source address is being used by router R1 for packets being forwarded to the Internet?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37949 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/817.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 8\" width=\"671\" height=\"105\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 8\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  10.6.15.2",
            "2.  209.165.202.141",
            "3.  198.51.100.3",
            "4.  209.165.200.225"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 817,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The NAT configuration applied to the router is as follows:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">ERtr(config)# access-list 1 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255\nERtr(config)# ip nat pool corp 209.165.201.6 209.165.201.30 netmask 255.255.255.224\nERtr(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool corp overload\nERtr(config)# ip nat inside source static 10.10.10.55 209.165.201.4\nERtr(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/0\nERtr(config-if)# ip nat inside\nERtr(config-if)# interface serial 0/0/0\nERtr(config-if)# ip nat outside<div class=\"open_grepper_editor\" title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nBased on the configuration and the output shown, what can be determined about the NAT status within the organization?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37950 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/818.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 584px) 100vw, 584px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 9\" width=\"584\" height=\"263\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 9\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Static NAT is working, but dynamic NAT is not.",
            "2.  Dynamic NAT is working, but static NAT is not.",
            "3.  Not enough information is given to determine if both static and dynamic NAT are working.",
            "4.  NAT is working."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 818,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich situation describes data transmissions over a WAN connection? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A network administrator in the office remotely accesses a web server that is located in the data center at the edge of the campus.",
            "2.  A manager sends an email to all employees in the department with offices that are located in several buildings.",
            "3.  An employee prints a file through a networked printer that is located in another building.",
            "4.  An employee shares a database file with a co-worker who is located in a branch office on the other side of the city."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 819,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two technologies are categorized as private WAN infrastructures? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Frame Relay",
            "2.  VPN",
            "3.  MetroE",
            "4.  DSL",
            "5.  cable"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 820,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich network scenario will require the use of a WAN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Employees need to connect to the corporate email server through a VPN while traveling.",
            "2.  Employees need to access web pages that are hosted on the corporate web servers in the DMZ within their building.",
            "3.  Employee workstations need to obtain dynamically assigned IP addresses.",
            "4.  Employees in the branch office need to share files with the headquarters office that is located in a separate building on the same campus network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 821,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two hashing algorithms used with IPsec AH to guarantee authenticity? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SHA",
            "2.  RSA",
            "3.  DH",
            "4.  MD5",
            "5.  AES"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 822,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat two algorithms can be part of an IPsec policy to provide encryption and hashing to protect interesting traffic? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SHA",
            "2.  RSA",
            "3.  AES",
            "4.  DH",
            "5.  PSK"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 823,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich VPN solution allows the use of a web browser to establish a secure, remote-access VPN tunnel to the ASA? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  client-based SSL",
            "2.  site-to-site using an ACL",
            "3.  clientless SSL",
            "4.  site-to-site using a preshared key"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 824,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich IPsec security function provides assurance that the data received via a VPN has not been modified in transit? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  integrity",
            "2.  authentication",
            "3.  confidentiality",
            "4.  secure key exchange"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 825,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two types of VPNs are examples of enterprise-managed remote access VPNs? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  clientless SSL VPN",
            "2.  client-based IPsec VPN",
            "3.  IPsec VPN",
            "4.  IPsec Virtual Tunnel Interface VPN",
            "5.  GRE over IPsec VPN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 826,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is a requirement of a site-to-site VPN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It requires hosts to use VPN client software to encapsulate traffic.",
            "2.  It requires the placement of a VPN server at the edge of the company network.",
            "3.  It requires a VPN gateway at each end of the tunnel to encrypt and decrypt traffic.",
            "4.  It requires a client/server architecture."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 827,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of the Diffie-Hellman algorithm within the IPsec framework?  ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  guarantees message integrity",
            "2.  allows peers to exchange shared keys",
            "3.  provides authentication",
            "4.  provides strong data encryption"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 828,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat does NAT overloading use to track multiple internal hosts that use one inside global address? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  port numbers",
            "2.  IP addresses",
            "3.  autonomous system numbers",
            "4.  MAC addresses"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 829,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. R1 is configured for static NAT. What IP address will Internet hosts use to reach PC1?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37952\" src=\"./Images/830.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 673px) 100vw, 673px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 10\" width=\"673\" height=\"320\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.0.1",
            "2.  192.168.0.10",
            "3.  209.165.201.1",
            "4.  209.165.200.225"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 830,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is viewing the output from the command show ip nat translations. Which statement correctly describes the NAT translation that is occurring on router RT2?​\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37953 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/831.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 11\" width=\"674\" height=\"340\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 11\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.168.254.253 is being translated to 192.0.2.88 by means of static NAT.",
            "2.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.0.2.88 is being translated by router RT2 to reach a destination IPv4 address of 192.168.254.253.",
            "3.  The traffic from a source IPv4 public address that originates traffic on the internet would be able to reach private internal IPv4 addresses​.",
            "4.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.168.2.20 is being translated by router RT2 to reach a destination IPv4 address of 192.0.2.254."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 831,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two WAN infrastructure services are examples of private connections? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  cable",
            "2.  DSL",
            "3.  Frame Relay",
            "4.  T1/E1",
            "5.  wireless"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 832,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two statements about the relationship between LANs and WANs are true? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Both LANs and WANs connect end devices.",
            "2.  WANs are typically operated through multiple ISPs, but LANs are typically operated by single organizations or individuals.",
            "3.  WANs must be publicly-owned, but LANs can be owned by either public or private entities.",
            "4.  WANs connect LANs at slower speed bandwidth than LANs connect their internal end devices.​",
            "5.  LANs connect multiple WANs together."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 833,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes an important characteristic of a site-to-site VPN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It must be statically set up.",
            "2.  It is ideally suited for use by mobile workers.",
            "3.  It requires using a VPN client on the host PC.",
            "4.  After the initial connection is established, it can dynamically change connection information.",
            "5.  It is commonly implemented over dialup and cable modem networks."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 834,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow is “tunneling” accomplished in a VPN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  New headers from one or more VPN protocols encapsulate the original packets.",
            "2.  All packets between two hosts are assigned to a single physical medium to ensure that the packets are kept private.",
            "3.  Packets are disguised to look like other types of traffic so that they will be ignored by potential attackers.",
            "4.  A dedicated circuit is established between the source and destination devices for the duration of the connection."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 835,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes a VPN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  VPNs use open source virtualization software to create the tunnel through the Internet.",
            "2.  VPNs use logical connections to create public networks through the Internet.",
            "3.  VPNs use dedicated physical connections to transfer data between remote users.",
            "4.  VPNs use virtual connections to create a private network through a public network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 836,
        "img": false
    },

    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of address is 64.100.190.189? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  public",
            "2.  private"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 838,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of VPN routes packets through virtual tunnel interfaces for encryption and forwarding? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  MPLS VPN",
            "2.  IPsec virtual tunnel interface",
            "3.  dynamic multipoint VPN",
            "4.  GRE over IPsec"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 839,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What has to be done in order to complete the static NAT configuration on R1?\n<img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-38153\" src=\"./Images/840.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 13\" width=\"582\" height=\"301\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 14\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Interface Fa0/0 should be configured with the command no ip nat inside.",
            "2.  Interface S0/0/0 should be configured with the command ip nat outside.",
            "3.  R1 should be configured with the command ip nat inside source static 209.165.200.200 192.168.11.11.",
            "4.  R1 should be configured with the command ip nat inside source static 209.165.200.1 192.168.11.11."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 840,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn NAT terms, what address type refers to the globally routable IPv4 address of a destination host on the Internet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  outside global",
            "2.  inside global",
            "3.  outside local",
            "4.  inside local"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 841,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which two statements are correct based on the output as shown in the exhibit? (Choose two.)\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-38154 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/842.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 636px) 100vw, 636px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 14\" width=\"636\" height=\"85\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 15\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The output is the result of the show ip nat translations command.",
            "2.  The host with the address 209.165.200.235 will respond to requests by using a source address of 192.168.10.10.",
            "3.  The output is the result of the show ip nat statistics command.",
            "4.  Traffic with the destination address of a public web server will be sourced from the IP of 192.168.1.10.",
            "5.  The host with the address 209.165.200.235 will respond to requests by using a source address of 209.165.200.235."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 842,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich circumstance would result in an enterprise deciding to implement a corporate WAN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  when the enterprise decides to secure its corporate LAN",
            "2.  when its employees become distributed across many branch locations",
            "3.  when the number of employees exceeds the capacity of the LAN",
            "4.  when the network will span multiple buildings"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 843,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of the Hashed Message Authentication Code (HMAC) algorithm in setting up an IPsec VPN? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  protects IPsec keys during session negotiation",
            "2.  authenticates the IPsec peers",
            "3.  creates a secure channel for key negotiation",
            "4.  guarantees message integrity"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 844,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat algorithm is used with IPsec to provide data confidentiality? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Diffie-Hellman",
            "2.  SHA",
            "3.  MD5",
            "4.  RSA",
            "5.  AES"
        ],
        "correct": [
            4
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 845,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two technologies provide enterprise-managed VPN solutions? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  remote access VPN",
            "2.  Frame Relay",
            "3.  Layer 2 MPLS VPN",
            "4.  site-to-site VPN",
            "5.  Layer 3 MPLS VPN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 846,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is viewing the output from the command show ip nat translations. Which statement correctly describes the NAT translation that is occurring on router RT2?​\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-38156 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/847.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 15\" width=\"674\" height=\"340\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 16\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.168.254.253 is being translated to 192.0.2.88 by means of static NAT.",
            "2.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.0.2.88 is being translated by router RT2 to reach a destination IPv4 address of 192.168.254.253.",
            "3.  The traffic from a source IPv4 public address that originates traffic on the internet would be able to reach private internal IPv4 addresses​.",
            "4.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.168.2.20 is being translated by router RT2 to reach a destination IPv4 address of 192.0.2.254."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 847,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator is viewing the output from the command show ip nat translations. Which statement correctly describes the NAT translation that is occurring on router RT2?​\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-38156 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/848.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 15\" width=\"674\" height=\"340\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 6 – 8: WAN Concepts Test Online 16\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.168.254.253 is being translated to 192.0.2.88 by means of static NAT.",
            "2.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.0.2.88 is being translated by router RT2 to reach a destination IPv4 address of 192.168.254.253.",
            "3.  The traffic from a source IPv4 public address that originates traffic on the internet would be able to reach private internal IPv4 addresses​.",
            "4.  The traffic from a source IPv4 address of 192.168.2.20 is being translated by router RT2 to reach a destination IPv4 address of 192.0.2.254."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 848,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of address is 10.100.126.126? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  private",
            "2.  public"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 849,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of VPN connects using the Transport Layer Security (TLS) feature? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SSL VPN",
            "2.  MPLS VPN",
            "3.  IPsec virtual tunnel interface",
            "4.  dynamic multipoint VPN"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 850,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m3c9t12 = [{
        "question": "\nWhat is the term used to indicate a variation of delay? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  latency",
            "2.  serialization delay",
            "3.  speed mismatch",
            "4.  jitter"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 851,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network engineer performs a ping test and receives a value that shows the time it takes for a packet to travel from a source to a destination device and return. Which term describes the value? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  jitter",
            "2.  latency",
            "3.  priority",
            "4.  bandwidth"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 852,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat role do network devices play in the IntServ QoS model? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Network devices ensure that resources are available before traffic is allowed to be sent by a host through the network.",
            "2.  Network devices provide a best-effort approach to forwarding traffic.",
            "3.  Network devices are configured to service multiple classes of traffic and handle traffic as it may arrive.",
            "4.  Network devices use QoS on a hop-by-hop basis to provide excellent scalability."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 853,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich device would be classified as a trusted endpoint? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  switch",
            "2.  router",
            "3.  firewall",
            "4.  IP phone"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 854,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the benefit of deploying Layer 3 QoS marking across an enterprise network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Layer 3 marking can carry the QoS information end-to-end.",
            "2.  Layer 3 marking can carry QoS information on switches that are not IP aware.",
            "3.  Layer 3 marking can be carried in the 802.1Q fields.",
            "4.  Layer 3 marking can be used to carry non-IP traffic."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 855,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of a QoS trust boundary? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  A trust boundary identifies the location where traffic cannot be remarked.",
            "2.  A trust boundary only allows traffic to enter if it has previously been marked.",
            "3.  A trust boundary identifies which devices trust the marking on packets that enter a network.",
            "4.  A trust boundary only allows traffic from trusted endpoints to enter the network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 856,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two approaches to prevent packet loss due to congestion on an interface? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Decrease buffer space.",
            "2.  Disable queuing mechanisms.",
            "3.  Drop lower-priority packets.",
            "4.  Prevent bursts of traffic.",
            "5.  Increase link capacity."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 857,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat configuration scenario would offer the most protection to SNMP get and set messages? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SNMPv2 for in-band management with read-write community strings",
            "2.  SNMPv1 with out-of-band management in a private subnet",
            "3.  SNMPv3 configured with the auth security level",
            "4.  SNMP community strings"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 858,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. The network administrator enters these commands into the R1 router:\n<em>R1# copy running-config tftp</em>\n<em>Address or name of remote host [ ]?</em>\nWhen the router prompts for an address or remote host name, what IP address should the administrator enter at the prompt?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37957\" src=\"./Images/859.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 1\" width=\"532\" height=\"305\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  192.168.9.254",
            "2.  192.168.10.2",
            "3.  192.168.11.252",
            "4.  192.168.11.254",
            "5.  192.168.10.1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 859,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\n The command ntp server 10.1.1.1 is issued on a router. What impact does this command have? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  determines which server to send system log files to",
            "2.  synchronizes the system clock with the time source with IP address 10.1.1.1",
            "3.  identifies the server on which to store backup configurations",
            "4.  ensures that all logging will have a time stamp associated with it"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 860,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAs the network administrator you have been asked to implement EtherChannel on the corporate network. What does this configuration consist of? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  providing redundant links that dynamically block or forward traffic",
            "2.  grouping two devices to share a virtual IP address",
            "3.  grouping multiple physical ports to increase bandwidth between two switches",
            "4.  providing redundant devices to allow traffic to flow in the event of device failure"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 861,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a definition of a two-tier LAN network design? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  access and core layers collapsed into one tier, and the distribution layer on a separate tier",
            "2.  distribution and core layers collapsed into one tier, and the access layer on a separate tier",
            "3.  access, distribution, and core layers collapsed into one tier, with a separate backbone layer",
            "4.  access and distribution layers collapsed into one tier, and the core layer on a separate tier"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 862,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two reasons to create a network baseline? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to select a routing protocol",
            "2.  to determine what kind of equipment to implement",
            "3.  to design a network according to a proper model",
            "4.  to identify future abnormal network behavior",
            "5.  to evaluate security vulnerabilities in the network",
            "6.  to determine if the network can deliver the required policies"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 863,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA computer can access devices on the same network but cannot access devices on other networks. What is the probable cause of this problem? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The computer has an incorrect subnet mask.",
            "2.  The computer has an invalid default gateway address.",
            "3.  The cable is not connected properly to the NIC.",
            "4.  The computer has an invalid IP address."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 864,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn which step of gathering symptoms does the network engineer determine if the problem is at the core, distribution, or access layer of the network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Gather information.",
            "2.  Narrow the scope.",
            "3.  Document the symptoms.",
            "4.  Determine ownership.",
            "5.  Determine the symptoms."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 865,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator is deploying QoS with the ability to provide a special queue for voice traffic so that voice traffic is forwarded before network traffic in other queues. Which queuing method would be the best choice? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  LLQ",
            "2.  CBWFQ",
            "3.  WFQ",
            "4.  FIFO"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 866,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two characteristics of voice traffic? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Voice traffic latency should not exceed 150 ms.",
            "2.  Voice traffic is unpredictable and inconsistent.",
            "3.  Voice traffic requires at least 384 kbs of bandwidth.",
            "4.  Voice traffic consumes lots of network resources.",
            "5.  Dropped voice packets are not retransmitted."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 867,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of network traffic cannot be managed using congestion avoidance tools? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  TCP",
            "2.  ICMP",
            "3.  IP",
            "4.  UDP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 868,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen QoS is implemented in a converged network, which two factors can be controlled to improve network performance for real-time traffic? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  delay",
            "2.  packet addressing",
            "3.  jitter",
            "4.  packet routing",
            "5.  link speed"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 869,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nAn administrator wants to replace the configuration file on a Cisco router by loading a new configuration file from a TFTP server. What two things does the administrator need to know before performing this task? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  name of the configuration file that is currently stored on the router",
            "2.  configuration register value",
            "3.  name of the configuration file that is stored on the TFTP server",
            "4.  router IP address",
            "5.  TFTP server IP address"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 870,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which of the three Cisco IOS images shown will load into RAM?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37958 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/871.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 669px) 100vw, 669px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 2\" width=\"669\" height=\"161\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 2\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The router selects an image depending on the boot system command in the configuration.",
            "2.  The router selects an image depending on the value of the configuration register.",
            "3.  The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it is the most recent IOS image.",
            "4.  The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it contains the advipservicesk9 image.",
            "5.  The router selects the second Cisco IOS image because it is the smallest IOS image."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 871,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. What two types of devices are connected to R1? (Choose two.)\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37959 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/872.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 3\" width=\"633\" height=\"136\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 3\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  switch",
            "2.  hub",
            "3.  router",
            "4.  repeater",
            "5.  Source Route Bridge"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 872,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are three functions provided by the syslog service? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to select the type of logging information that is captured",
            "2.  to periodically poll agents for data",
            "3.  to provide statistics on packets that are flowing through a Cisco device",
            "4.  to provide traffic analysis",
            "5.  to gather logging information for monitoring and troubleshooting",
            "6.  to specify the destinations of captured messages"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 873,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of the MIB element as part of a network management system? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to collect data from SNMP agents",
            "2.  to send and retrieve network management information",
            "3.  to change configurations on SNMP agents",
            "4.  to store data about a device"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 874,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat network design would contain the scope of disruptions on a network should a failure occur? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the reduction in the number of redundant devices and connections in the network core",
            "2.  the installation of only enterprise class equipment throughout the network",
            "3.  the deployment of distribution layer switches in pairs and the division of access layer switch connections between them",
            "4.  the configuration of all access layer devices to share a single gateway"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 875,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich action should be taken when planning for redundancy on a hierarchical network design? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  add alternate physical paths for data to traverse the network",
            "2.  continually purchase backup equipment for the network",
            "3.  implement STP portfast between the switches on the network",
            "4.  immediately replace a non-functioning module, service or device on a network"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 876,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two benefits of extending access layer connectivity to users through a wireless medium? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  increased flexibility",
            "2.  increased network management options",
            "3.  decreased number of critical points of failure",
            "4.  reduced costs",
            "5.  increased bandwidth availability"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 877,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a basic function of the Cisco Borderless Architecture access layer? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  aggregates Layer 2 broadcast domains",
            "2.  provides access to the user",
            "3.  aggregates Layer 3 routing boundaries",
            "4.  provides fault isolation"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 878,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich characteristic would most influence a network design engineer to select a multilayer switch over a Layer 2 switch? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  ability to have multiple forwarding paths through the switched network based on VLAN number(s)",
            "2.  ability to build a routing table",
            "3.  ability to provide power to directly-attached devices and the switch itself",
            "4.  ability to aggregate multiple ports for maximum data throughput"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 879,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Why are routers R1 and R2 not able to establish an OSPF adjacency?​\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37960 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/880.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 4\" width=\"700\" height=\"333\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 4\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The serial interfaces are not in the same area.",
            "2.  The process numbers are not the same in both routers.",
            "3.  A backbone router cannot establish an adjacency with an ABR router.",
            "4.  The router ID values are not the same in both routers."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 880,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhen is the most appropriate time to measure network operations to establish a network performance baseline? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  whenever high network use is detected, so that how the network performs under stress can be monitored",
            "2.  during quiet vacation periods, so that the level of non-data traffic can be determined",
            "3.  at the same time each day across a set period of average working days, so that typical traffic patterns can be established",
            "4.  at random times during a 10 week period, so that abnormal traffic levels can be detected"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 881,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A user has configured a NIC on the PC as shown but finds that the PC is unable to access the Internet. What is the problem?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-37961\" src=\"./Images/882.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 5\" width=\"456\" height=\"411\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 5\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The preferred DNS address is incorrect.",
            "2.  The default gateway address is incorrect.",
            "3.  The settings were not validated upon exit.",
            "4.  There should not be an alternate DNS server."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 882,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network engineer configured an ACL preventing Telnet and HTTP access to the HQ web server from guest users in the Branch LAN. The address of the web server is 192.168.1.10 and all guest users are assigned addresses in the 192.168.10.0/24 network. After implementing the ACL, no one can access any of the HQ servers. What is the problem?\n<img class=\" wp-image-37962 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/883.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 6\" width=\"554\" height=\"289\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 6\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Inbound ACLs must be routed before they are processed.",
            "2.  The ACL is implicitly denying access to all the servers.",
            "3.  Named ACLs require the use of port numbers.",
            "4.  The ACL is applied to the interface using the wrong direction."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 883,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator has configured OSPFv2 on the two Cisco routers as shown. PC1 is unable to connect to PC2. What should the administrator do first when troubleshooting the OSPFv2 implementation?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37963 aligncenter\" src=\"./Images/884.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 7\" width=\"606\" height=\"286\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 7\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Disconnect the serial link between router R1 and R2.",
            "2.  Turn off OSPFv2.",
            "3.  Implement the network 192.168.255.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 command on router R1.",
            "4.  Test Layer 3 connectivity between the directly connected routers."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 884,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of traffic is described as requiring latency to be no more than 150 milliseconds (ms)? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  voice",
            "2.  video",
            "3.  data"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 885,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network manager wants to add a time to log messages so that there is record of when the message was generated. What command should the administrator use on a Cisco router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show cdp interface",
            "2.  ntp server 10.10.14.9",
            "3.  service timestamps log datetime",
            "4.  clock timezone PST -7"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 886,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two characteristics of the best-effort QoS model? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It allows end hosts to signal their QoS needs to the network.",
            "2.  It uses a connection-oriented approach with QoS.",
            "3.  It provides preferential treatment for voice packets.",
            "4.  It does not provide a delivery guarantee for packets.",
            "5.  It treats all network packets in the same way."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 887,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhy is QoS an important issue in a converged network that combines voice, video, and data communications? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Data communications are sensitive to jitter.",
            "2.  Legacy equipment is unable to transmit voice and video without QoS. Correct Response",
            "3.  Voice and video communications are more sensitive to latency.",
            "4.  Data communications must be given the first priority."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 888,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network administrator configures a router with the command sequence:\n<pre style=\"position: relative;\">R1(config)# boot system tftp://c1900-universalk9-mz.SPA.152-4.M3.bin\nR1(config)# boot system rom<div class=\"open_grepper_editor\" title=\"Edit &amp; Save To Grepper\"></div></pre>\nWhat is the effect of the command sequence? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  On next reboot, the router will load the IOS image from ROM.",
            "2.  The router will search and load a valid IOS image in the sequence of flash, TFTP, and ROM.",
            "3.  The router will copy the IOS image from the TFTP server and then reboot the system.",
            "4.  The router will load IOS from the TFTP server. If the image fails to load, it will load the IOS image from ROM."
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 889,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes SNMP operation? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  An SNMP agent that resides on a managed device collects information about the device and stores that information remotely in the MIB that is located on the NMS.​",
            "2.  A set request is used by the NMS to change configuration variables in the agent device.",
            "3.  An NMS periodically polls the SNMP agents that are residing on managed devices by using traps to query the devices for data.​",
            "4.  A get request is used by the SNMP agent to query the device for data.​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 890,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the show lldp neighbors command on a switch. What are two conclusions that can be drawn? (Choose two.)\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-38174 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/891.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 9\" width=\"650\" height=\"145\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 9\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Dev1 is connected to interface Fa0/5 of S1.",
            "2.  Dev1 is a switch with mixed types of interfaces.",
            "3.  Dev2 is a switch.",
            "4.  Dev1 is connected to interface Fa0/4 of Dev2.",
            "5.  S1 has only two interfaces."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 891,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are the three layers of the switch hierarchical design model? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  distribution",
            "2.  network access",
            "3.  data link",
            "4.  enterprise",
            "5.  access",
            "6.  core"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            4,
            5
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 892,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which devices exist in the failure domain when switch S3 loses power?\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-38175\" src=\"./Images/893.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 10\" width=\"661\" height=\"397\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 10\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  S4 and PC_2",
            "2.  PC_3 and PC_2",
            "3.  PC_3 and AP_2",
            "4.  S1 and S4",
            "5.  AP_2 and AP_1"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 893,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network designer is considering whether to implement a switch block on the company network. What is the primary advantage of deploying a switch block? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  This is network application software that prevents the failure of a single network device.",
            "2.  The failure of a switch block will not impact all end users.",
            "3.  This is a security feature that is available on all new Catalyst switches.",
            "4.  A single core router provides all the routing between VLANs."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 894,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich troubleshooting tool would a network administrator use to check the Layer 2 header of frames that are leaving a particular host? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  knowledge base",
            "2.  protocol analyzer",
            "3.  CiscoView",
            "4.  baselining tool"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 895,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. R1 and R3 are connected to each other via the local serial 0/0/0 interface. Why are they not forming an adjacency?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-38177 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/896.jpg\" sizes=\"(max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px\"   alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 11\" width=\"383\" height=\"258\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 9 – 12: Optimize, Monitor, and Troubleshoot Networks Test Online 11\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  They have different routing processes.",
            "2.  They have different router IDs.",
            "3.  They are in different subnets.",
            "4.  The connecting interfaces are configured as passive."
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 896,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat type of traffic is described as not resilient to loss? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data",
            "2.  video",
            "3.  voice"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 897,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA network manager wants lists the contents of flash. What command should the administrator use on a Cisco router? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  show file systems",
            "2.  dir",
            "3.  lldp enable",
            "4.  service timestamps log datetime"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 898,
        "img": false
    }
]
const m3c13t14 = [{
        "question": "\nA company uses a cloud-based payroll system. Which cloud computing technology is this company using? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  browser as a service (BaaS)",
            "2.  infrastructure as a service (IaaS)",
            "3.  software as a service (SaaS)",
            "4.  wireless as a service (WaaS)"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 890,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nFor a data center, what is the difference in the server virtualization data traffic compared with the traditional client-server model? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Data traffic from clients will be routed to multiple virtual servers.",
            "2.  There are significant data exchanges between virtual servers.",
            "3.  There is more data traffic flowing from virtual servers to clients.",
            "4.  More network control traffic is generated between virtual servers and clients."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 891,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich component in a traditional infrastructure device provides Layer 2 and Layer 3 functions to create data paths within a network? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  data plane",
            "2.  control plane",
            "3.  adjacency table",
            "4.  forwarding information base"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 892,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich network traffic management technology is a basic element in SDN implementations? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  OpenFlow",
            "2.  OpenStack",
            "3.  IEEE 802.1aq",
            "4.  Interface to the Routing System"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 893,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of hypervisor would most likely be used in a data center? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Type 2",
            "2.  Type 1",
            "3.  Nexus",
            "4.  Hadoop"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 894,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich is a characteristic of a Type 1 hypervisor?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  installed directly on a server​",
            "2.  best suited for consumers and not for an enterprise environment",
            "3.  does not require management console software",
            "4.  installed on an existing operating system​"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 895,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two layers of the OSI model are associated with SDN network control plane functions that make forwarding decisions? (Choose two.)​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Layer 1",
            "2.  Layer 2",
            "3.  Layer 3",
            "4.  Layer 4",
            "5.  Layer 5"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            2
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 896,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat pre-populates the FIB on Cisco devices that use CEF to process packets? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the routing table",
            "2.  the adjacency table",
            "3.  the ARP table",
            "4.  the DSP"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 897,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a function of the data plane of a network device? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  sending information to the CPU for processing",
            "2.  building the routing table",
            "3.  resolving MAC addresses",
            "4.  forwarding traffic flows"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 898,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes the concept of cloud computing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  separation of application from hardware",
            "2.  separation of management plane from control plane",
            "3.  separation of operating system from hardware",
            "4.  separation of control plane from data plane"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 899,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich cloud model provides services for a specific organization or entity? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  a public cloud",
            "2.  a hybrid cloud",
            "3.  a private cloud",
            "4.  a community cloud"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 900,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat two benefits are gained when an organization adopts cloud computing and virtualization? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  provides a “pay-as-you-go” model, allowing organizations to treat computing and storage expenses as a utility",
            "2.  enables rapid responses to increasing data volume requirements",
            "3.  distributed processing of large data sets in the size of terabytes",
            "4.  elimination of vulnerabilities to cyber attacks",
            "5.  increases the dependance on onsite IT resources"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            1
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 901,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich type of Hypervisor is implemented when a user with a laptop running the Mac OS installs a Windows virtual OS instance? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  type 2",
            "2.  virtual machine",
            "3.  type 1",
            "4.  bare metal"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 902,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nA small company is considering moving many of its data center functions to the cloud. What are three advantages of this plan? (Choose three.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  The company only needs to pay for the amount of processing and storage capacity that it uses.",
            "2.  Cloud services are billed at a fixed fee no matter how much processing and storage are used by the company.",
            "3.  The company does not need to be concerned about how to handle increasing data storage and processing demands with in-house data center equipment.",
            "4.  The company can increase processing and storage capacity as needed and then decrease capacity when it is no longer needed.",
            "5.  Single-tenant data centers can easily grow to accommodate increasing data storage requirements.",
            "6.  Cloud services enable the company to own and administer its own servers and storage devices."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            2,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 903,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow does virtualization help with disaster recovery within a data center? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  support of live migration",
            "2.  guarantee of power",
            "3.  improvement of business practices",
            "4.  supply of consistent air flow"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 904,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat technology allows users to access data anywhere and at any time? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Cloud computing",
            "2.  virtualization",
            "3.  micromarketing",
            "4.  data analytics"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 905,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich action takes place in the assurance element of the IBN model? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  verification and corrective action",
            "2.  configuring systems",
            "3.  translation of policies",
            "4.  integrity checks"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 906,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nRefer to the exhibit. Which data format is used to represent the data for network automation applications?\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-37969 alignnone\" src=\"./Images/907.jpg\" alt=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 13 – 14: Emerging Network Technologies Test Online 1\" width=\"281\" height=\"186\" title=\"CCNA 3 v7 Modules 13 – 14: Emerging Network Technologies Test Online 1\"> ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  XML",
            "2.  YAML",
            "3.  HTML",
            "4.  JSON"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 907,
        "img": true
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the function of the key contained in most RESTful APIs? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is the top-level object of the API query.",
            "2.  It is used to authenticate the requesting source.",
            "3.  It represents the main query components in the API request.",
            "4.  It is used in the encryption of the message by an API request."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 908,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich two configuration management tools are developed using Ruby? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Puppet",
            "2.  Ansible",
            "3.  SaltStack",
            "4.  Chef",
            "5.  RESTCONF"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0,
            3
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 909,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term is used to describe a set of instructions for execution by the configuration management tool Puppet? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Playbook",
            "2.  Cookbook",
            "3.  Manifest",
            "4.  Pillar"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 910,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich term is used to describe a set of instructions for execution by the configuration management tool SaltStack? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Cookbook",
            "2.  Manifest",
            "3.  Pillar",
            "4.  Playbook"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 911,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich scenario describes the use of a public API? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It requires a license.",
            "2.  It can be used with no restrictions.",
            "3.  It is used between a company and its business partners.",
            "4.  It is used only within an organization."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 912,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is YAML? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is a scripting language.",
            "2.  It is a data format and superset of JSON.",
            "3.  It is a compiled programming language.",
            "4.  It is a web application."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 913,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich RESTFul operation corresponds to the HTTP GET method? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  post",
            "2.  patch",
            "3.  update",
            "4.  read"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 914,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich technology virtualizes the network control plane and moves it to a centralized controller?​ ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  SDN",
            "2.  fog computing",
            "3.  cloud computing",
            "4.  IaaS"
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 915,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat are two functions of hypervisors? (Choose two.) ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  to partition the hard drive to run virtual machines",
            "2.  to manage virtual machines",
            "3.  to protect the host from malware infection from the virtual machines",
            "4.  to share the antivirus software across the virtual machines",
            "5.  to allocate physical system resources to virtual machines"
        ],
        "correct": [
            1,
            4
        ],
        "type": "multiple",
        "uid": 916,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a difference between the functions of Cloud computing and virtualization? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  Cloud computing requires hypervisor technology whereas virtualization is a fault tolerance technology.",
            "2.  Cloud computing separates the application from the hardware whereas virtualization separates the OS from the underlying hardware.",
            "3.  Cloud computing provides services on web-based access whereas virtualization provides services on data access through virtualized Internet connections.",
            "4.  Cloud computing utilizes data center technology whereas virtualization is not used in data centers."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 917,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nHow is the YAML data format structure different from JSON? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It uses indentations.",
            "2.  It uses end tags.",
            "3.  It uses hierarchical levels of nesting.",
            "4.  It uses brackets and commas."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 918,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is the most widely used API for web services? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  XML-RPC",
            "2.  SOAP",
            "3.  JSON-RPC",
            "4.  REST"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 919,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is REST? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  It is a way to store and interchange data in a structured format.",
            "2.  It is an architecture style for designing web service applications.",
            "3.  It is a human readable data structure that is used by applications for storing, transforming, and reading data.",
            "4.  It is a protocol that allows administrators to manage nodes on an IP network."
        ],
        "correct": [
            1
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 920,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat is a difference between the XML and HTML data formats? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  XML does not use predefined tags whereas HTML does use predefined tags.",
            "2.  XML encloses data within a pair of tags whereas HTML uses a pair of quotation makes to enclose data.",
            "3.  XML formats data in binary whereas HTML formats data in plain text.",
            "4.  XML does not require indentation for each key/value pair but HTML does require indentation."
        ],
        "correct": [
            0
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 921,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nTo avoid purchasing new hardware, a company wants to take advantage of idle system resources and consolidate the number of servers while allowing for multiple operating systems on a single hardware platform. What service or technology would support this requirement? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  dedicated servers",
            "2.  Cisco ACI",
            "3.  virtualization",
            "4.  software defined networking"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 922,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich cloud computing opportunity would provide the use of network hardware such as routers and switches for a particular company? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  software as a service (SaaS)",
            "2.  wireless as a service (WaaS)",
            "3.  infrastructure as a service (IaaS)",
            "4.  browser as a service (BaaS)"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 923,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhat component is considered the brains of the ACI architecture and translates application policies​? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  the Application Network Profile endpoints",
            "2.  the Nexus 9000 switch",
            "3.  the hypervisor​",
            "4.  the Application Policy Infrastructure Controller"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 924,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nWhich statement describes the concept of cloud computing? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  separation of management plane from control plane",
            "2.  separation of control plane from data plane",
            "3.  separation of application from hardware",
            "4.  separation of operating system from hardware"
        ],
        "correct": [
            2
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 925,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nIn which situation would a partner API be appropriate? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  an internet search engine allowing developers to integrate the search engine into their own software applications",
            "2.  company sales staff accessing internal sales data from their mobile devices",
            "3.  someone creating an account on an external app or website by using his or her social media credentials",
            "4.  a vacation service site interacting with hotel databases to display information from all the hotels on its web site"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 926,
        "img": false
    },
    {
        "question": "\nBecause of enormous growth in web traffic, a company has planned to purchase additional servers to help handle the web traffic. What service or technology would support this requirement? ",
        "answers": [
            "1.  virtualization",
            "2.  data center",
            "3.  cloud services",
            "4.  dedicated servers"
        ],
        "correct": [
            3
        ],
        "type": "single",
        "uid": 927,
        "img": false
    }
]